Home

Lenovo RS210 User's Manual

1. i he M af A 2 4 4 Connect the DVD drive cable to the system board connector HA Reconnect the DVD drive power cable to the power supply cable Reinstall the DVD drive seel Replacing a DVD drive Reinstall the riser card assembly see Installing the riser card assembly on page 158 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 sono Replacing a DVD drive To replace a DVD drive complete the following procedures Removing a DVD drive To remove a DVD drive complete the following steps Read the safety information in l Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords 3 Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Pull the release tab the rear of the
2. Use the backup copy of the server firmware until the primary copy is restored After the primary copy is restored turn off the server then move jumper JP6 back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 g ME OE qu a TE En Microprocessor gt J a m N a id Eu En iE a eo FES il The following table describes the jumpers on the system board Table 25 System board jumpers Jumper number Jumper name Jumper setting JP1 Clear CMOS jumper e Pins 1 and 2 Keep CMOS data default e Pins 2 and 3 Clear CMOS data including power on password and administrator password JP6 Boot block jumper A e Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default e Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page Notes 1 If no
3. m EA Em a ng Bi Ens ij The following table describes the jumpers on the system board Table 6 System board jumpers Jumper number Jumper name Jumper settin P P P 8 JP1 Clear CMOS jumper e Pins 1 and 2 Keep CMOS data default e Pins 2 and 3 Clear CMOS data including power on password and administrator password JP6 Boot block jumper H Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default e Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page Notes 1 2 If no jumper is present the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2 Changing the position of the UEFI boot recovery jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 before the server is turned on alters vvhich flash ROM page is loaded Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on This can cause an unpredictable problem Important 1 Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables Review the information in and Any system board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown in the illustrations in this document are reserved Chapter 5 Locating Ser
4. 6532 Software FRU FRU WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1171 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1172 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1173 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1174 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1175 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1176 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1177 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1178 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1179 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1180 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1181 WS 2008 SBS SP2 PREM 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1182 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1183 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1184 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1185 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1186 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1187 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1188 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1189 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1190 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1191 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1192 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1193 WS 2008
5. controller connector HEEE i re a En Na A El J 8 e fl el RE i im ad co El oje a HE l iii i o 5 En i E ca EE EA A Br Bei Ey DIMM 1 E DVD drive connector BH DIMM 2 E Hypervisor flash device connector DIMM 3 Riser card connector 2 41 DIMM 4 Riser card connector 1 BH DIMM 5 Battery g DIMM 6 Virtual media key connector ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA The following illustration shows the locations of the PCI Express slots on the riser card assembly PCI Express x8 slot 1 PCI Express x8 slot 2 Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors 109 The following illustration shows the location of the PCI X slot on the optional PCI X riser card assembly PCI X power cable El PCI X slot 110 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual System board switches and jumpers The following illustration shows the switches and jumpers on the system board Dog ME OB cf e ut t o Q f _ j
6. CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 11 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2117 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46102758 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 ThinkServer 300GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3014 models CTO All Models 11 ThinkServer 450GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3015 models CTO All Models 11 ThinkServer 600GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3016 models CTO All Models 12 Front Bezel models CTO All Models 46102944 13 DVD Blank models CTO All Models 49Y4868 15 System fan models CTO All Models 59Y3212 16 System board Planar models CTO All Models 69Y1013 17 Microprocessor Celeron G1101 2 26GHz 1066MHz 2MB 49Y4645 2C models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3460 2 8GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4646 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3430 2 4GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4647 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3440 2 53GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4648 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3450 2 67GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4649 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Pentium G6950 2 8 GHz 1066MHz 3MB 49Y4668 2C models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3470 2 93GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 46C6775 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Core
7. 20 Ni o f As I ECA ES a Use a fingernail to press the top of the battery clip away from the battery The battery pops up when released I a b Use your thumb and index finger to lift the battery from the socket 6 Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations See page 225 for more information Installing the battery The following notes describe information that you must consider when replacing the system board battery in the server Battery return program on When replacing the system board battery you must replace it with a lithium battery of the same type from the same manufacturer After you replace the system board battery you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time e To avoid possible danger read and follow the following safety statement Statement 2 A 152 _ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e
8. PRO 1K PT Dual models CTO All Models 39Y6128 PRO 1K PT Quad models CTO All Models 39Y6138 2Post Rail Kit models CTO All Models 42C1069 PRO 1K PF Srvr models CTO All Models 42C1752 QLogic 10Gb adapter models CTO All Models 42C1802 SATA DVD ROM models CTO 44W3254 SATA CD RW DVD models CTO 44W3255 SATA Mulitburn models CTO 44W3256 ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43VV4297 ServeRAID MR10is VAULT SAS SATA controller models 44E8696 CTO IBM 3Gb SAS HBA controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller v2 models CTO 49Y4737 ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0851 ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0854 ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 11U 46M0862 11F 115 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J ServeRAID MR10i Li Ion Battery models CTO 43W4301 188 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 17 Parts listing Types 6533 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number ServeRAID MR10M SAS SATA controller with Remote 43W4341 Battery Kit models CTO ServeRAID M1015 RAID 5 Upgrade Key models CTO 46M0864 ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0922 6533
9. Attempting to 1 server 2 by user Info A user has used the IMM to No action information only 3 perform a power function on 1 Power Up Power Down the server Power Cycle or Reset 2 IBM_ComputerSystem ElementName 3 user ID Security Userid 1 had 2 login Error A user has exceeded the 1 Make sure that the correct failures from WEB client at IP maximum number of login ID and password are address 3 unsuccessful login attempts being used 1 user ID 2 from a Web browser and has Maxi 5 iveLoeinFail b df 1 I 2 Have the system aximumSuccessiveLoginFailures een prevented from logging nae administrator reset the login currently set to 5 in the firmware in for the lockout period ID d 3 IP address xxx xxx xxx xxx Non Security Login ID 1 had 2 Error A user has exceeded the 1 Make sure that the correct login failures from CLI at 3 maximum number of login ID and password are 1 user ID 2 unsuccessful login attempts being used MaximumSuccessiveLoginFailures from the command line 2 Have the system currently set to 5 in the firmware interface and has been ER 3 IP HRY administrator reset the login 03 IP address xxx xxx xxx xxx prevented from logging in ID d for the lockout period SE Palo Remote access attempt failed Invalid Error A user has attempted to log 14 Make sure that the correct userid or password received Userid in from a Web browser by log
10. NG ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 lenovo Hardware Maintenance Manual Note Before using this information and the product it supports read the general information in Notices on page 221Jand the Warranty and Support Information document on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD Second Edition January 2010 Copyright Lenovo 2009 Portions Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2007 2009 LENOVO products data computer software and services have been developed exclusively at private expense and are sold to governmental entities as commercial items as defined by 48 C F R 2 101 with limited and restricted rights to use reproduction and disclosure LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE If products data computer software or services are delivered pursuant a General Services Administration GSA contract use reproduction or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No GS 35F 05925 Contents Chapter 1 About this manual Important Safety Information Safety statements Important information about replacing RoHS compliant FRUs Turkish statement of compliance Chapter 2 General information Features and technologies Specifications Software EasyStartup EasyManage Chapter 3 General Checkout Checkout procedure About the checkout procedure Performing the checkout procedure Diagnosing a problem Undocumented pro
11. IMM BC Test Aborted IMM BC test stopped out of space 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 75 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to ch
12. If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Error code Description Action 3058004 Three boot failure 1 Undo any recent system changes such as new settings or newly installed devices 2 Make sure that the server is attached to a reliable power source 3 Make sure that the operating system is not corrupted 4 Run the Setup utility save the configuration and then restart the server 5 Seel Problem determination tips on page 104 3108007 System configuration restored to default Information only This message is usually associated settings with the CMOS battery clear event 3138002 Boot configuration error 1 Remove any recent configuration changes made to the Setup utility 2 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 3808000 IMM communication failure 1 Remove power from the server for 30 seconds and then reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 212 3 Make sure that the virtual media key is seated and not damaged 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3808002
13. 144 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 8 10 11 12 13 14 Remove the memory modules and set them aside on a static protective surface for reinstallation see Replacing a memory module DIMM on page 122 Note Make a note of the location of each DIMM as you remove it so that you can later reinstall it in the same connector Remove the virtual media key from the system board and set it aside seel Replacing the virtual media key on page 167 You must reinstall the virtual media key on the new system board Remove the hypervisor flash device from the USB connector on the system board and set it aside see Replacing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device on page 133 You must reinstall the hypervisor flash device on the new system board Disconnect all cables from the system board Make a list of each cable as you disconnect it you can then use this as a checklist when you install the new system board Remove the screws that secure the system board to the chassis and put them in a safe place Va Lift up the system board and carefully remove it from the server being careful not to damage any surrounding components If you are instructed to return the system board follow all packaging instructions and use any pachaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the system board Note When
14. www lenovo com support 8 Run the test again 9 Replace the DVD drive 10 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 219 2082004 DVD Drive e Verify Failed A read error 1 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new Media occurred media and wait for 15 seconds Installed 2 Run the test again Read 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or Write Test broken connections or damage to the cable e Self Test Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again Messages i 8 and actions 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to apply to all http www lenovo com support three tests 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive 8 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 217 901 xxx SAS SATA Disk Drive Failed 1 Reseat all hard disk drive backplane connections Hard Drive Test Par oN at both ends Reseat all drives Run the test again Make sure that the firmware is at the latest level Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 96 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the ord
15. 00580A4 Memory population changed Information only Memory has been added moved or changed 0068002 CMOS battery cleared i 2 Reseat the battery Clear the CMOS memory seelIable 6 on page m Replace the following components one at a time in the following order restarting the server after each one a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 2011001 PCI X PERR Gre DNs Check the riser card LEDs Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards Update the PCI adapter firmware Remove the adapter from the riser card Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Riser card b Trained service technician only System board 24 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and
16. For units intended to be operated at 230 volts U S use Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 250 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts outside the U S Use a cord set with a grounding type attachment plug The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed Lenovo power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region 194 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 19 Power cords Type 6531 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 11M 12M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 11G 11M 11A 12G 12M 12A 39M5151 UK 2 8M models CTO 11G 11A 12G 12A 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 11S 11L 11Y 11G 12S 12L 12Y 12G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5219 Korea 2 8M models CTO 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 11J 12J 39M5068 Argentina 2 8M models CTO 11L 11Y 12L 12Y 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 11U 11F 11
17. Symptom Action The number of serial ports that are identified by the operating system is less than the number of installed serial ports 1 Make sure that e Each port is assigned a unique address in the UEFI Setup Utility program and none of the serial ports is disabled e The serial port if one is present is seated correctly 2 Reseat the serial port PCI card 3 Replace the serial port PCI card Chapter 4 Diagnostics 63 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A serial device does not work 4 Make sure that e The device is compatible with the server e The serial port is enabled and is assigned a unique address e The device is connected to the correct connector see System board switches fd jumpers on page 11 2 Reseat the following components a Fail
18. This appliance is labeled in accordance with European Directive 2002 96 EC concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive FE COT IIA EULBEBLU AILI IELNTDABRENET ZOOS EU ECAT SEER EF AHS 2002 96 EC VVEEE O F RV BREDA T WET CORRS EU REN HH T Z HE AaRON EU VA IN DETEZEDTIN ET DIRT EHAA o RRCD Eo THEERAH AT AERD bE AND RS Ed CR OM MICH SWCWET Remarque Cette marque s applique uniquement aux pays de l Union Europ enne et la Norv ge L etiquette du syst me respecte la Directive europ enne 2002 96 EC en mati re de D chets des Equipements Electriques et Electroniques DEEE qui d termine les dispositions de retour et de recyclage applicables aux syst mes utilis s travers l Union europ enne Conform ment la directive ladite tiquette pr cise que le produit sur lequel elle est appos e ne doit pas tre jet mais tre r cup r en fin de vie In accordance with the European VVEEE Directive electrical and electronic equipment EEE is to be collected separately and to be reused recycled or recovered at end
19. Use the integrated management module IMM for configuration to update the firmware and sensor data record field replaceable unit SDR FRU data and to remotely manage a network ThinkServer EasyManage products ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server and ThinkServer EasyManage Agent work together to provide centralized hardware and software inventory management and secure automated system management through a single console See Installing ThinkServer EasyManage software on page 216 Remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture feature are integrated into the Integrated Management Module IMM The virtual media key is required to enable the remote presence functions When the optional virtual media key is installed in the server it activates the remote presence functions Without the virtual media key you will not be able to access the network remotely to mount or unmount drives or images on the client system However you will still be able to access the Web interface without the virtual media key You can order the optional Lenovo Virtual Media Key if one did not come with our server For more information about how to enable the remote presence function see remote presence capability and blue screen capture on page 218 LSI Configuration Utility program Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure the integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities and the devices tha
20. b Non Lenovo monitor cables might cause unpredictable problems Reseat the monitor cable Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor cable b Video PCI card if one is installed c Monitor d Trained service technician only System board Reseat the monitor cable Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor cable b Monitor c Irained service technician only Replace the system board 60 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Optional device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action An optional device that was just installed does not work An optional device
21. i 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 811 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM BC test stopped request data field length limit is exceeded 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the
22. Diagnostics programs e IMM firmware e Ethernet firmware Using the EasyUpdate Firmware Updater tool ThinkServer EasyUpdate Firmware Updater is a software application that enables you to maintain your system firmware up to date and helps you avoid unnecessary outages Firmware Updater updates the server firmware in two steps by updating system firmware adapter firmware and hard disk drive HDD firmware To update your system first go to the Lenovo Support Web site and obtain the ISO file 1 Go tolhttp www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates Download the ThinkServer firmware update media ISO file Burn the ISO image on to a CD or DVD Insert the media in the server DVD drive and start the server to that drive onen The application starts automatically Hardware detection runs and a list of applicable firmware updates is displayed Note You need to boot the CD or DVD two times one time to update the system and adapter firmware and one time to update the HDD firmware 9 Select the firmware updates that you want to install Before distributing the firmware update to other servers ensure that your server can restart successfully without encountering hardware problems Starting th
23. Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fr her 89 336 EWG zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit in den EU Mitgliedsstaaten und h lt die Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klasse A ein Um dieses sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handb chern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben Des Weiteren d rfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden Lenovo bernimmt keine Verantwortung f r die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der Lenovo ver ndert bzw wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt eingebaut werden Deutschland Einhaltung des Gesetzes ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmittein Dieses Produkt entspricht dem Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmitteln EMVG fr her Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fr her 89 336 EWG in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmitteln EMVG vom 20 Juli 2007 fr her Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten bzw der EMV EG Richtlinie 2004 108 EC fr her 89 336 EWG f r Ger te der Klasse A Dieses Ger t ist berechtigt in bereinstimmung m
24. Error An overtemperature condition has occurred for microprocessor n n microprocessor number 1 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly 3 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Chapter 4 Diagnostics 31 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The Processor CPU nStatus has Failed with FRB1 BIST condition n microprocessor number Error A processor failed FRB1 BIST condition has occurred Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the cod
25. Solving power problems Power problems can be difficult to solve For example a short circuit can exist anywhere on any of the power distribution buses Usually a short circuit will cause the power subsystem to shut down because of an overcurrent condition To diagnose a power problem use the following general procedure 1 Turn off the server and disconnect all ac power cords 2 Check the power fault LEDs on the system board see Power problems on page 62 3 Check for loose cables in the power subsystem Also check for short circuits for example if a loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board 4 Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is required for the server to start see undetermined problems on page 103 for the minimum configuration 5 Reconnect all ac power cords and turn on the server If the server starts successfully reseat the adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is isolated If the server does not start from the minimum configuration see Power supply LEDs on page 67 to replace the components in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated Solving Ethernet controller problems The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating system you are using See the operating system documentation for informatio
26. 4 5 Update the server configuration see l Updating the server configuration on page 175 6 Slide the server back into the rack if necessary 7 Turn on the peripheral devices and the server Connecting the cables The following illustration shows the locations of the input and output connectors on the front of the server System error LED RO OO ss Se Power on LED Power control button USB 1 connector Reset button USB 2 connector Hard disk drive activity LED Locator LED Hard disk drive activity LED green Hard disk drive status LED amber Heo poong 174 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual The following illustration shows the connectors and LEDs on the rear of the server PA a OOOOSO00000 DOOO0000000 0000o ol cotta Power cord connector g NMI button BH Serial connector USB 3 4 connector Ethernet 1 activity LED USB 1 2 connector 41 Ethernet 1 link LED Video connector BH Ethernet 2 activity LED Power supply error LED amber g Ethernet 2 link LED DC power LED green PCI slot 1 AC powe
27. 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 815 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM I2C test stopped invalid data field in the request Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 79 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by
28. CRU part number Tier 2 FRU part number 11 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12 459658 11 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II models CTO 11U 11F 115 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 125 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12 459646 11 Hard disk drive IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 HS hard disk drive models CTO 11U 11F 115 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11j 12U 12F 125 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12 459648 11 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models CTO 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15 46U2120 11 11 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models CTO 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15 IBM 73GB 15R 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models CTO 13U 13F 135 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 145 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J 46U2124 46U2128 11 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models CTO 13U 13F 135 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13 14U 14F 145 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14 15G 15M 15A 15 46U2117 11 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models CTO 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15 46U2758 11 ThinkServer 300GB 6Gbps 15K 3
29. IBM Corp 2007 2009 105 Rear view a La EN al Zn J dl OO El Q EN DOOO0000000 gogrog Oi El a i F Sa NMI button USB 3 4 connector ri EENS Power cord connector Serial connector Ethernet 1 activity LED Ethernet 1 link LED Ethernet 2 activity LED Ethernet 2 link LED PCI slot 1 PCI slot 2 USB 1 2 connector Video connector Power supply error LED amber DC power LED green AC power LED green BSS OS800o BERBREEE 106 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual System board internal connectors The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board EB SE Beebo o CCE AANPCCRANAAMCA ES EH E Oi Els
30. If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to critical from a less severe state n microprocessor number Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state 1 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly 3 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to non recoverable from a less severe state n microprocessor number Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state from a less severe state 1 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly 3 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to critical from a non recoverable state n microprocessor number Error A sensor has changed
31. If the system error LED is lit it indicates that an error has occurred 2 Check the front and rear of the server to determine whether any component LEDs are lit Chapter 4 Diagnostics 65 3 Remove the server cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs Certain components inside the server have LEDs that will be lit to indicate the location of a problem For example a DIMM error will light the LED next to the failing DIMM on the system board Look at the system service label inside the side cover of the server which gives an overview of internal components This information can often provide enough information to correct the error The following table describes the LEDs on the system board and PCI extender cards and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Component LED Description Action DIMM error LEDs A memory DIMM has failed or is incorrectly installed Remove the DIMM that has the lit error LED 2 Reseat the
32. Run the Setup utility select Load Default because of ABR Settings and save the settings to recover the primary UEFI settings 2 Turn off the server and remove it from the power source 3 Reconnect the server to the power source then turn on the server 305000A RTC date time is incorrect 1 Adjust the date and time settings in the Setup utility and then restart the server 2 Reseat the battery 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 3058001 System configuration invalid 1 Run the Setup utility and select Save Settings 2 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Failing device if the device is a FRU it must be replaced by a trained service technician only c Irained service technician only System board 26 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU
33. Select a controller from the list 3 Click Start The main WebBIOS utility interface is displayed You can toggle between the physical view and logical view of the storage devices that are connected to the controller Click Physical View or Logical View on the menu in the left pane to change the view Main menu of the VVebBIOS utility The main menu includes the following options Adapter Properties From this view you can display and modify the properties of the SAS controller that is currently selected Scan Devices From this view you can re scan the physical and virtual disks for any changes in the drive status or physical configuration Virtual Disks From this view you can display and modify the virtual disk properties delete virtual disks initialize disks and perform other tasks Physical Drives From this view you can view the physical drive properties create hot spare disks and perform other tasks Configuration Wizard Select this to start the Configuration Wizard and create a new storage configuration clear a configuration or add a new configuration Adapter Selection From this view you can select a different SAS adapter Then you can view information about the adapter and the drives connected to it or create a new configuration for the adapter Physical View or Logical View Select this to toggle between the Physical View and Logical View Events From this view you can display the system events in the Eve
34. Test failure ds Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 3 Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information Run the test again 6 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 7 Run the test again 8 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 801 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM BC test stopped the IMM returned an incorrect response length Turn off the system and disconnect it from the povver source You must disconnect the system from ac povver to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to Make sure that the I
35. The access method that you selected to use from the following methods Online authenticated LAN access type the command host lt imm_internal_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_internal_ip The IMM internal LAN USB IP address The default value is 169 254 95 118 imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O Note If you do not specify any of these parameters ASU will use the default values When the default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM using the online authenticated LAN access method ASU will automatically use the unauthenticated KCS access method The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Example that does not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYSInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt user lt user_id gt password lt password gt Example that does use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SySInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt e Online KCS access unauthenticated and user restricted You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method Example asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SySInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt The KCS access method uses the IPMI KCS interface This method r
36. any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 156 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives To install the replacement 2 5 inch hot swap drives backplane complete the following steps Alignment tabs Alignment slots El Drive connectors El Drive connectors 1 Connect the cables to the replacement backplane 2 Slide the backplane into the card guides making sure that any nearby wires or cables are not trapped or pinched 3 Press firmly until the backplane is fully seated and clicks into place 4 Install the hard disk drives 5 Go tol Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing the PCI riser card assembly To replace the PCI riser card assembly use the following procedures Removing the riser card assembly To remove the riser card assembly complete the following steps To remove the riser card assembly complete the following steps information in Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Grasp the riser card assembly at the front and rear edges and lift t
37. e When using the local console 1 Run the Setup utility 2 Select System Event Log 3 Select Clear System Event Log 4 Restart the server 3818001 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default update failed Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818002 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default update aborted Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818003 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default flash lock failed Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818004 Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default system error Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818005 Current Bank Core Root of Trust 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Measurement CRTM capsule signature Settings and save the settings invalid Ren 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818006 Opposite bank CRTM capsule signature 1 Switch the server firmware bank to the backup invalid bank seel Starting the backup server firmware on page 213 2 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and s
38. for more information Dynamic System Analysis DSA Preboot diagnostic programs The DSA Preboot diagnostic programs provide problem isolation configuration analysis and error log collection The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server and are stored in integrated USB memory The diagnostic programs collect the following information about the server System configuration Network interfaces and settings Installed hardware Service processor status and configuration Vital product data firmware and UEFI configuration Hard disk drive health RAID controller configuration Controller and service processor event logs including the following information System error logs Temperature voltage and fan speed information Self monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology SMART data Machine check registers USB information Monitor configuration information PCI slot information The diagnostic programs create a merged log that includes events from all collected logs The information is collected into a file that you can send to Lenovo service and support Additionally you can view the server information locally through a generated text report file You can also copy the log to removable media and view the log from a Web browser See Running the diagnostic programs on page 69 for more information e Server LEDs Use the LEDs on the server to di
39. models CTO 17 Microprocessor Core i3 530 2 93 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3176 models CTO 180 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 15 Parts listing Types 6531 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 18 Heat Sink models CTO All Models 59Y3221 19 TOP COVER models CTO All Models 59Y3223 System battery models CTO All Models 33F8354 1U Tool Less Rail Kit models CTO All Models 24P1121 EAR Bracket models CTO All Models 39M4351 Cable miniSAS Cable models CTO All Models 41Y3884 Cable Backplane cable models CTO All Models 59Y3210 Cable 500mm SAS Cable models CTO All Models 59Y3214 Cable Front I O Cable models CTO All Models 59Y3228 Cable 3 5 SS SATA Cable models CTO All Models 59Y3230 Blank EMC Shield models CTO All Models 4472248 Fornt I O Board models CTO All Models 46C6797 HD InstCaution Label models CTO All Models 59Y3218 Low case models CTO All Models 59Y3225 2 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3227 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter models CTO 39Y6070 All Models PRO 1R PT Dual models CTO All Models 39Y6128 PRO 1R PT Quad models CTO All Models 39Y6138 2Post Rail Rit models CTO All Models 42C1069 PRO 1R PF Srvr models CTO All Models 42C1752 QLogic
40. with the connector on the riser card assembly Press the edge of the connector firmly into the riser card assembly Make sure that the PCI card snaps into the riser card assembly securely Important Make sure that the U shaped opening in the metal PCI card bracket J engages the tab H on the expansion slot bracket Fl Attention When you install an PCI card make sure that the PCI card is correctly seated in the riser card assembly and that the riser card assembly is securely seated in the riser card connector on the system board before you turn on the server An incorrectly seated PCI card might cause damage to the system board the riser card assembly or the PCI card 8 Reinstall the riser card assembly in the server see Installing the riser card assembly on page 158 9 If you have installed a PCI X riser card assembly in the server reconnect the riser card power cable to the riser card assembly 10 Go to FCompleting the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device To replace a hypervisor flash device complete the follovving procedures P yp p 8P Removing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device To remove a hypervisor flash device complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in l Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 133 Turn off the server and peripheral
41. 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note The following language keyboards are supported English Dutch French German Italian Japanese Spanish and Turkish You will then see one or more reminders about configuring storage devices and then you will be presented with the Lenovo License Agreement Read the license agreement carefully You must agree with terms in order to continue After agreeing to the license agreement you will be given the following choices Continue to the main program interface Use a shortcut to install an operating system based on a response file that you previously created using the EasyStartup program Use a short cut to configure RAID controllers based on a RAID response file that you previously created using the EasyStartup program If you continue to the main program interface you will have the following selectable options Compatibility notes This selection provides information about the RAID controllers operating systems and server configurations supported by that version of the EasyStartup program User Guide This selection provides information about the features provided by that version of the EasyStartup program Hardware list This selection displays a list of hardware devices detected by the EasyStartup program Configure RAID This selection enables you to view the current RAID configuration for each installed RAID controller and make changes if needed Install operat
42. 67 IMM heartbeat 66 67 System board error 66 LEDs front 105 on the system board 65 112 rear 175 LEDs CPU error 66 DIMM 66 PCI slot error 67 LEDs system pulse 67 local area network LAN 10 logs system event message 29 LSI Configuration program 206 M major components 117 management system 9 memory removing 124 specifications 11 memory module installing 122 memory problems 57 memory support 10 menu choices for the Setup Utility 200 messages diagnostic 68 messages error POST 21 microprocessor installing 141 problems 58 removing 140 replacing 139 specifications 11 monitor problems 59 N network operating system NOS installation without EasyStartup 212 notes important 222 notices electronic emission 226 FCC Class A 226 O obtaining the IP address for the IMM 218 online service request 18 operator information panel installing 135 replacing 134 operator information panel assembly removing 134 optcal drive removing 164 optical cable replacing 162 optical drive installing 165 problems 51 replacing 164 optional device connectors on the system board 109 optional device problems 61 optional optical drive specifications 11 P particulate contamination 12 parts listing 177 179 183 186 190 password clear CMOS jumper 203 override 203 power on 203 PCI card PCI Express bus 130 PCI X bus 130 232 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Mainte
43. Automatic Server Restart ASR when POST is not complete or the operating system hangs and the operating system watchdog timer times out The IMM might be configured to watch for the operating system watchdog timer and reboot the system after a timeout if the ASR feature is enabled Otherwise the IMM allows the administrator to generate a nonmaskable interrupt NMI by pressing an NMI button on the system board for an operating system memory dump ASR is supported by IPMI Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI Specification V2 0 and Intelligent Platform Management Bus IPMB support Invalid system configuration CNFG LED support Serial port redirection over Telnet or SSH Serial over LAN SOL Query power supply input power PECI 2 support Power reset control power on hard and soft shutdown hard and soft reset schedule power control Alerts in band and out of band alerting PET traps IPMI style SNMP e mail Operating system failure blue screen capture Command line interface Configuration save and restore PCI configuration data Boot sequence manipulation The IMM also provides the following remote server management capabilities through the OSA SMBridge management utility program Command line interface IPMI Shell The command line interface provides direct access to server management functions through the IPMI 2 0 protocol Use the command line interface to issue commands to control the server power v
44. CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source 146 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual AA 20 gt 1 0 m Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Removing the power supply To remove the power supply complete the following steps information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jand l Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Disconnect the ac power cord from the connector on the power supply Disconnect all external cables from the server 3 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see l Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Attention To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the cover removed 4 Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baf
45. DIMM 3 Replace the follovving components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board CPU error LEDs Microprocessor has failed is missing or has been incorrectly installed Note Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessor is installed correctly seel Installing the microprocessor on page 141 1 Check the system event log to determine the reason for the lit LED 2 Trained service technician Reseat the failing microprocessor 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Failing microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board System board error LED Battery failure LED System board CPU VRD and or power voltage regulators have failed Battery low Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1 Replace the CMOS lithium battery if necessary 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board IMM heartbeat LED Indicates the status of the boot process of the IMM When the server is connected to power this LED flashes quickly to indicate that the IMM code is loading When the loading is complete the LED stops flashing briefly and then flashes slowly to indicate that the IMM if fully operational and you can press the power control
46. DIMM air baffle DVD drive filler E DIMM Operator information panel 4 Power supply Fans E SAS SATA backplane some models System board g SATA simple swap back panel some models Microprocessor 3 5 inch drive cage Heat sink E 3 5 inch simple swap SATA hard disk drive some Cover El 118 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing and installing the cover Use the following procedures to remove and install the cover Removing the cover To remove the server cover do the following 1 Read the safety information in l Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables if necessary Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you will lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs will not be lit with the power source removed Before disconnecting the power source make sure to note which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operator information panel and LEDs that are lit inside the server on the system board If the server has been installed in a rack slide the server out from the rack enclosure See the Rack Installation Instructions that come with the server for information about removing the server from the rack Press down firmly on the two blue tabs on each side of the t
47. Error updating system configuration to IMM 4_ Remove power from the server and then reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Run the Setup utility and select Save Settings 3 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 212 3808003 Error retrieving system configuration from 1 Remove power from the server and then IMM reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Run the Setup utility and select Save Settings Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 212 Ll Chapter 4 Diagnostics 27 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Error code Description Action 3808004 IMM system event log full e When using out of band use the IMM Web interface or IPMItool to clear the logs from the operating system
48. Grasp the SAS SATA controller while you press outward on the plastic tabs 8 Pull out the SAS SATA controller from the connector H on the system board 9 If you are instructed to return the SAS SATA controller follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller Read the following notes before installing the ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller Notes 1 Some server models come with an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller installed The controller can be installed only in the dedicated slot on the system board see System board optional device connectors on page 109 for the location of the connector Use the following procedures to install the controller if your server model did not come with this controller installed or to replace a failing controller 2 The IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller enables integrated RAID levels 0 1 and 1E capability on hot swap hard disk drives For configuration information see the RAID documentation atihttp www lenovo com support 3 Important To ensure that any of your ServeRAID controllers function properly on UEFI based servers make sure that the controller firmware and supporting device drivers are updated to at least 11 x x XXX Attention Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solu
49. Models 90Y1169 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1170 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1171 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1172 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1173 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1174 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1175 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1176 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1177 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1178 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1179 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1180 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1181 WS 2008 SBS SP2 PREM 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1182 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1183 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1184 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1185 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1186 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1187 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1188 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1189 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1190 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1191 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1192 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1193 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1194 WS 2008
50. R2 ENT 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1195 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1196 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1197 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1198 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN JP models CTO All Models 90Y1199 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN FR GR SP IT models CTO All Models 90Y1200 182 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 16 Parts listing Types 6532 CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 1 Riser PCIX models CTO All Models 49Y4675 1 Riser PCI E LP models CTO All Models 46C6796 1 Riser PCI E FH models CTO All Models 49Y4673 2 Air Duct models CTO All Models 46C6798 3 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1991 models CTO 3 Memory module 1GB 1x1GB Single Rankx8 PC3 10600 4612906 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 3 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP UDIMM 46U2907 models CTO 8 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1992 models CTO 3 Memory module 4GB 1x4GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 46U2941 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO 8 Memory module 8GB 1x8GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 46U2942 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO 4 Power supply 351W LE P
51. RAID 1E Use this option to create an integrated mirror enhanced array of three to eight disks including up to two optional hot spares All data on the array disks will be deleted Integrated Striping IS also known as RAID 0 Use this option to create an integrated striping array of two to eight disks All data on the array disks will be deleted e Hard disk drive capacities affect how you create arrays The drives in an array can have different capacities but the RAID controller treats them as if they all have the capacity of the smallest hard disk drive If you use an integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities to configure a RAID 1 mirrored array after you have installed the operating system you will lose access to any data or applications that were previously stored on the secondary drive of the mirrored pair 206 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual If you install a different type of RAID controller see the documentation that comes with the controller for information about viewing and changing settings for attached devices Starting the LSI Configuration Utility program To start the LSI Configuration Utility program complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active 2 When the prompt sFl Setup gt is displayed press F1 If you have
52. STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1187 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1188 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1189 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1190 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1191 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1192 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1193 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1194 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1195 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1196 VVS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1197 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1198 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN JP models CTO All Models 90Y1199 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN FR GR SP IT models CTO All Models 90Y1200 Power cords For your safety Lenovo provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to use with this Lenovo product To avoid electrical shock always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet Lenovo power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriter s Laboratories UL and certified by the Canadian Standards Association CSA For units intended to be operated at 115 volts Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 125 volts
53. Set all display controls to the middle positions f Turn on all external devices g h Turn on the server If the server does not start see l Troubleshooting tables on page 50 Check the system error LED on the operator information panel If it is flashing check the LEDs on the system board see l System board LEDs on page 112 i Check for the following results e Successful completion of POST see POST on page 21 for more information Successful completion of startup Diagnosing a problem Before you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider follow these procedures in the order in which they are presented to diagnose a problem with your server 1 Determine what has changed Determine whether any of the following items were added removed replaced or updated before the problem occurred Device drivers Server firmware e Hardware components Software If possible return the server to the condition it was in before the problem occurred Collect data Thorough data collection is necessary for diagnosing hardware and software problems a Document error codes and system board LEDs System error codes See for information about a specific error code See for the location of the system board LEDs Software or operating system error codes See the documentation for the software or operating system for information about a specific error code See the manufacturer s Web s
54. System board 001100A Microcode updated failed Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 212 Trained service technician only Replace the microprocessor 0050001 DIMM disabled gt If the server fails the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs Remove and replace any DIMM for which the associated error LED is lit see and Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs Run the DSA Preboot memory test see Running the diagnostic programs on page 69 22 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Error code Description Action 0051003 Uncorrectable DIMM error 1 If the server failed the POST memory
55. Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations To install the replacement battery complete the following steps 1 2 o Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the replacement battery Insert the new battery a Orient the battery so that the positive side faces up 4 b Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the socket on the side opposite the battery clip c Press the battery down into the socket until it clicks into place Make sure that the battery clip holds the battery securely Make sure that the riser card assembly is fully seated in the connectors on the system board If the riser card assembly is an optional PCI X riser card assembly make sure that the riser card power cable is connected to the riser card assembly Install the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Note You must wait approximately 1 to 3 minutes after you connect the power cord of the server to an electrical outlet before the power control button becomes active Start the Setup utility and reset the configuration see Starting the Setup Utility on page 200 for details Set the
56. Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 816 xxx IMM IMM RC Test Aborted IMM IC test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped the power source You must disconnect the system command 18 from ac power to reset the IMM illegal for the specified sensor 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the or record type power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 817 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM I2C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped a power source You must disconnect the system command from ac power to reset the IMM response could not be 2 After 45 seconds recon
57. Utility to configure the server to use a dedicated systems management network or a shared network TCP IP offload engine TOE support The Ethernet controllers in the server support TOE which is a technology that offloads the TCP IP flow from the microprocessor and I O subsystem to increase the speed of the TCP IP flow When an operating system that supports TOE is running on the server and TOE is enabled the server supports TOE operation See the operating system documentation for information about enabling TOE Note The Linux operating system does not support TOE Preboot diagnostics program The preboot diagnostics programs are stored on the integrated USB memory They collect and analyze system information to aid in diagnosing server problems The diagnostic programs collect the following information about the server System configuration Network interfaces and settings Installed hardware Service processor status and configuration Vital product data firmware and UEFI formerly called BIOS configuration Hard disk drive health RAID controller configuration 10 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Event logs for RAID controllers and service processors The diagnostics programs create a merged log that includes events from all collected logs The information is collected into a file that you can send to the Lenovo technical support team to help
58. Web Server IIS then click on Add Role Services Select the necessary role services and click Install Installing Microsoft SNMP services To install Microsoft SNMP services do the following 1 2 3 Click Add Features in the Features Summary section on the main page of Server Manager Select the SNMP Services checkbox Click Next then Install Chapter 8 Configuring the server 217 Uninstalling the LANDesk Software Agent If the Core Server has LANDesk agents on it from a previous Management Suite release it will fail the autorun prerequisite check You must remove the old agents by running uninstallwinclient exe file from the Program Files LANDesk ManagementSuite folder Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture features are integrated functions of the integrated management module IMM When the optional Lenovo Virtual Media Key is installed in the server it activates the remote presence functions The virtual media key is required to enable the integrated remote presence and blue screen capture features Without the virtual media key you will not be able to access the network remotely to mount or unmount drives or images on the client system However you can still access the Web interface without the key After the virtual media key is installed in the server it is authenticated to determine whether it is valid If the key is not valid you receive a message
59. adapters you can view information for a different adapter click Adapter Selection on the main view To view the properties for the currently selected adapter click Adapter Properties on the main WebBIOS screen Viewing and changing virtual disk properties On the WebBIOS main screen select a virtual disk from the list and click Virtual Disk The Properties panel displays the RAID level state size and stripe size The Policies panel lists the virtual disk policies that were defined when the storage configuration was created To change any of these policies select a policy from the menu and click Change The Operations panel lists operations that can be performed on the virtual disk Select the operation and click Go Then choose from the following operations Select Del to delete this virtual disk Select Locate and the LEDs flash on the physical drives used by this virtual disk e Select Fast or Slow to initialize this virtual disk Attention Before you run an initialization back up any data on the virtual disk that you want to save All data on the virtual disk is lost when you initialize it Using the EasyStartup DVD The EasyStartup DVD simplifies the process of configuring your RAID controllers and installing an operating system The program works in conjunction with your Windows or Linux operating system installation disc to automate the process of installing the operating system and associated device drivers If you did n
60. devices and disconnect the power cords Remove the cover see l Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly see l Removing the riser card assembly on page 157 Unlock the retention latch on the USB connector by squeezing the two retention clips toward each other see l System board internal connectors on page 107 Grasp the flash device and pull to remove it from the connector Ot PIO Press down on the retention latch to return it to the locked position 8 If you are instructed to return the flash device follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device To install a hypervisor flash device complete the following steps Read the safety information in l Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords 3 Remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly seel Removing the riser card assembly on page 157 System board internal connectors on page 107 5 Unloch the retention latch on the USB connector by squeezing the tvvo retention clips tovvard each other see l System board internal connectors on page 107 6 Align the flash device vvith the USB connector on the system board and
61. diagnose a problem Additionally you can view the information locally through a generated text report file You can also copy the log to a removable medium and view the HTML log from a Web browser For additional information about diagnostics see Chapter 4 Diagnostics on page 19 e EasyStartup DVD The ThinkServer EasyStartup program guides you through the the installation of the operating system and device drivers See 209 for details EasyManage DVD configuration of RAID controllers and Using the EasyStartup DVD on page The ThinkServer EasyManage program helps you manage and administer your servers through remote problem notification as well as monitoring and alerting Specifications The following information is a summary of the features and specifications of the server Depending on the server model some features might not be available or some specifications might not apply Table 1 Features and specifications Microprocessor Supports one Intel quad core Xeon 3400 series or dual core Celeron G1101 Pentium G6950 or core i3 series processor with the IbexPeak 3420 chip set and Multi chip Package MCP processor architecture Designed for LGA 1156 socket e Scalable up to four cores 32 KB instruction cache 32 KB data cache and up to 8 MB cache that is shared among the cores Support for Intel Extended Memory 64 Technology EM64T Note e Use the Setup utility to dete
62. drive retention clip toward the right side of the server to release the clip then while you pull the tab push the drive out of the bay Note You might have to push the right rear corner of the drive toward the front of the server to move the drive initially 164 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 6 If you are instructed to return the DVD drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a DVD drive The following notes describe the type of drives that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a DVD drive Locate the documentation that comes with the drive and follow those instructions in addition to the instructions in this chapter e Make sure that you have all the cables and other equipment that are specified in the documentation that comes with the drive The server supports one ultra slim SATA DVD drive To install a DVD drive complete the following steps information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jandl Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Touch the static protective package that contains the new DVD drive to any unpaint
63. firmware on page 212 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 77 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 812 xxx IMM IMM IC Test Aborted IMM PC Test 1 stopped a parameter is out of range Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that
64. from the Web interface when you attempt to start the remote presence feature indicating that the hardware key is required to use the remote presence feature The virtual media key has an LED When this LED is lit and green it indicates that the key is installed and functioning correctly When the LED is not lit it indicates that the key might not be installed correctly The remote presence feature provides the following functions Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1280 x 1024 at 75 Hz regardless of the system state Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client Mapping the DVD drive diskette drive and USB flash drive on a remote client and mapping ISO and diskette image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server Uploading a diskette image to the IMM memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive The blue screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM restarts the server when the IMM detects an operating system hang condition A system administrator can use the blue screen capture to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition Enabling the remote presence feature To enable the remote presence feature complete the following steps 1 Install the virtual media key into the dedicated slot on the system board see media key on page 167 2 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minute
65. full Setup Utility menu If an administrator password is set the full Setup Utility menu is available only if you type the administrator password at the password prompt For more information see Administrator password on page 204 Save Settings 202 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Select this choice to save the changes that you have made in the settings e Restore Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the previous settings e Load Default Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the factory settings e Exit Setup Select this choice to exit from the Setup Utility If you have not saved the changes that you have made in the settings you are asked whether you want to save the changes or exit without saving them Passwords From the System Security choice you can set change and delete a power on password and an administrator password The System Security choice is on the full Configuration Setup Utility menu only If you set only a power on password you must type the power on password to complete the system startup you have access to the full Configuration Setup Utility menu An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Configuration Setup Utility menu If you set only an administrator pa
66. g Removing a DVD drive Installing a DVD drive 8 Replacing the virtual media Rey Removing the virtual media Rey Installing the virtual media Rey Replacing the PCI X riser card povver cable Removing the PCI X riser card power cable Installing the PCI X riser card power cable Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID Updating the DMI SMBIOS data iog Completing the FRU replacement Connecting the cables Updating the server configuration Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Replaceable server components Power cords Chapter 8 Configuring the server Using the Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility Setup Utility menu choices Passwords Using the Boot Manager program Configuring RAID controllers Using LSI Configuration Utility program Using the WebBIOS utility en Starting the WebBIOS utility Main menu of the WebBIOS utility Creating a storage configuration using the Configuration Wiard Viewing and changing properties Viewing and changing virtual disk properties Using the EasyStartup DVD Before you use the EasyStartup DVD 144 145 146 147 148 149 149 150 151 151 152 154 154 154 156 157 157 157 158 159 159 160 162 162 163 164 164 165 167 167 167 168 168 169 169 171 s 173 174 175 177 179 194 199 200 200 200 203 205 205 20
67. heat sink and microprocessor Note 1 Read the safety information at Important Safety Information on page 1 2 Read Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 3 Read Handling static sensitive devices on page 117 To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink complete the following steps 1 Place the heat sink on a clean work surface 2 Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely 3 Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat sink Note Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed 4 Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the microprocessor then dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal grease is removed Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 143 5 Use the thermal grease syringe to place 9 uniformly spaced dots of 0 02 mL each on the top of the microprocessor H Make sure that the outermost dots are within 5 mm of the edge to ensure even distribution Note 0 01mL is one tick mark on the syringe If the grease is properly applied approximately half 0 22 mL of the grease will remain in the syringe 6 Install the heat sink onto the microprocessor as described in Installing the microprocessor on page Replacing the system board To replace the system board use the following procedures Removing the system board Note When you replace t
68. i3 540 3 06 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3175 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Core i3 530 2 93 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3176 models CTO 18 Heat Sink models CTO All Models 59Y3221 19 Top cover models CTO All Models 59Y3223 System battery models CTO All Models 33F8354 1U Tool Less Rail Kit models CTO All Models 24P1121 EAR Bracket models CTO All Models 39M4351 Cable mini SAS cable models CTO All Models 41Y3884 Cable backplane cable models CTO All Models 59Y3210 Cable 500mm SAS cable models CTO All Models 59Y3214 Cable Front I O cable models CTO All Models 59Y3228 Cable 3 5 SS SATA cable models CTO All Models 59Y3230 184 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 16 Parts listing Types 6532 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number Blank EMC shield models CTO All Models 4472248 Fornt I O board models CTO All Models 46C6797 HD InstCaution Label models CTO All Models 59Y3218 Low case models CTO All Models 59Y3225 2 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3227 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter models CTO 39Y6070 All Models PRO 1K PT Dual models CTO All Models 39Y6128 PRO 1K PT Quad models CTO All Models 39Y6138 2Post Rail Kit models CTO All Models 42C1069 PRO
69. information at http www lenovo com support 405 907 xxx BroadCom Test Loop Failed 1 Ethernet back at Device MAC Layer Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 4 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 205 908 90 BroadCom Test LEDs Failed 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the Ethernet latest level The installed firmware level is shown Device in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 4 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at Ihttp www
70. interface Chapter 4 Diagnostics 43 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Hostname set to 1 by user 2 1 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint Hostname 2 user ID Info A user has modified the host name of the IMM No action information only IP address of network interface modified from 1 to 2 by user 3 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint IPv4Address 2 CIM_StaticIPAssignmentSettingData IPAddress 3 user ID Info A user has modified the IP address of the IMM No action information only IP subnet mask of network interface modified from 1 to 2 by user 3S 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint SubnetMask 2 CIM_StaticIPAssignmentSettingData SubnetMask 3 user ID Info A user has modified the IP subnet mask of the IMM No action information only IP address of default gateway modified from 1 to 2 by user 3S 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint GatewayIPv4Address 2 CIM_StaticIPAssignmentSettingData DefaultGatewa
71. inventory management and secure automated system management through a centralized console The ThinkServer EasyManage Agent enables other clients on the network to be managed by the centralized console The ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server is supported on 32 bit Windows Server 2008 products The ThinkServer EasyManage Agent is supported on 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Red Hat and SUSE operating systems Chapter 2 General information 13 14 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 3 General Checkout You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures in this Hardware Maintenance Manual and on the Lenovo Web site This document describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes The documentation that comes with your operating system and software also contains troubleshooting information Checkout procedure The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow to diagnose a problem in the server About the checkout procedure Before you perform the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems review the following information Read the safety information that begins on pagelll The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major components of the server such as the system board Ethernet c
72. is indicated by a lit error LED Memory DIMM Configuration Error for All DIMMs on Memory Subsystem All DIMMs Error A DIMM configuration error has occurred Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology Memory uncorrectable error detected for DIMM One of the DIMMs on Memory Subsystem One of the DIMMs Error A memory uncorrectable error has occurred 1 If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs Run the DSA memory test 38 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Memory Logging Limit Reached for DIMM One of the DIMMs on Memory Subsystem One of the DIMMs Error The memory logging limit has been reached U
73. models CTO All Models 90Y1164 EasyStartup models CTO All Models 90Y1165 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1166 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1167 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1168 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1169 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1170 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1171 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1172 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1173 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1174 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1175 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1176 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1177 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1178 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1179 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1180 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1181 WS 2008 SBS SP2 PREM 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1182 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1183 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1184 Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 193 6534 Software FRU FRU WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1185 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1186 WS 2008 R2
74. n n microprocessor number A bus timeout has occurred on system 1 1 CIM ComputerSystem ElementName Error A bus timeout has occurred 1 Remove the adapter from the PCI slot that is indicated by a lit LED 2 Replace the extender card 3 Remove all PCI adapters 4 Trained service technicians only Replace the system board The System 1 encountered a POST Error 1 CIM ComputerSystem ElementName Error A POST error has occurred Sensor ABR Status Recover the server firmware from the backup page see firmware on page 100 2 Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 34 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be perfor
75. oat yo do og gt oat i gt oli EAS SSA JMe WSS A Rol Al SE SIA FSAI Safety statements Important Each caution and danger statement in this document is labeled with a number This number is used to cross reference an English language caution or danger statement with translated versions of the caution or danger statement in the Safety Information document For example if a caution statement is labeled Statement 1 translations for that caution statement are in the Safety Information document under Statement 1 Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this document before you perform the procedures Read any additional safety information that comes with the server or optional device before you install the device Attention Use No 26 AWG or larger UL listed or CSA certified telecommunication line cord 2 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement 1 AA DANGER Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables is hazardous To avoid a shock hazard e Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm e Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet e Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to this product When possible use one hand only to connect o
76. only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Array 1 is in critical condition 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error An array is in Critical state Sensor Drive n Status n hard disk drive number Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED Array 1 has failed 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error An array is in Failed state Sensor Drive n Status n hard disk drive number Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED Memory uncorrectable error detected for DIMM All DIMMs on Memory Subsystem All DIMMs Error A memory uncorrectable error has occurred If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs Run the DSA memory test Memory Logging Limit Reached for DIMM All DIMMs on Memory Subsystem All DIMMs Error The memory logging limit has been reached Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test Replace any DIMM that
77. or back plate If the server is a simple swap mode that contains a standard SATA back plate disconnect the SATA cable from the system board If the server is a simple swap model that contains a SATA RAID back plate disconnect the SAS signal cable from the SAS SATA controller 8 If you are instructed to return the backplane or back plate follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives To install the replacement 3 5 inch hot swap drives backplane or simple swap SATA drives back plate complete the following steps 154 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Note The following illustration shows installing the hot swap SAS SATA backplane Connectors A Guide channels 1 Connect the power cable to the replacement backplane or back plate 2 Reconnect the backplane or back plate cables e If the server is a hot swap model reconnect the SAS SATA controller signal cable to the backplane e If the server is a simple swap model that contains a standard SATA back plate reconnect the SATA cable to the system board T a intemal a a 107 or the location of the SATA connectors on the system board Note Make sure that the cable drive number on the back plate matches the SATA connector number on the system board e If the server is a simple swap model that contain
78. page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A bus uncorrectable error has occurred Sensor Critical Int CPU Chech the system event log Chech the microprocessor error LEDs Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A bus uncorrectable error has occurred Sensor Critical Int DIM Chech the system event log Check the DIMM error LEDs 3 Remove the failing DIMM from the system board Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of cod
79. page 212 4 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 212 System event log The system event log contains messages of three types Information Information messages do not require action they record significant system level events such as when the server is started Warning Warning messages do not require immediate action they indicate possible problems such as when the recommended maximum ambient temperature is exceeded Error Error messages might require action they indicate system errors such as when a fan is not detected Each message contains date and time information and it indicates the source of the message POST or the IMM Chapter 4 Diagnostics 29 Integrated management module error messages The following table describes the IMM error messages and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Message Severity Description Action
80. parameters and settings A green hard disk drive activity 14 If the green hard disk drive activity LED does not flash when the drive is in LED does not accurately use run the DSA disk drive test see Diagnostic tools on page 19 represent the actual state of the 2 U f the followi a i associated drive Use one of the following procedures If the drive passes the test replace the backplane If the drive fails the test replace the drive An amber hard disk drive 1 If the amber hard disk drive LED and the RAID controller software do not status LED does not accurately indicate the same status for the drive complete the following steps represent the actual state of the T fth associated drive a nn EPS b Reseat the SAS SATA controller c Reseat the backplane signal cable and backplane power cable d Reseat the hard disk drive e Turn on the server and observe the activity of the hard disk drive LEDs 2 Seel Problem determination tips on page 104 Hypervisor problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Tra
81. press down on the assembly Make sure that the riser card assembly is fully seated in the connector on the system board 6 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller To replace an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller use the following procedures Removing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller To remove an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller from the system board complete the following steps Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained 1 Read the safety information in service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board 3 Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface 4 Remove the cover see l Removing and installing the cover on page 119 5 Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 157 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 159 6 Disconnect the signal cables that are attached to the SAS SATA controller 7
82. radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Avis de conformite la r glementation d Industrie Canada Cet appareil numerique de la classe A est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take ad
83. replaceable components are available for the ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 servers To check for an updated parts listing on the Web complete the following steps 1 Go tolhttp vvvvvv lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 177 H 4 5 6 8 E Riser card assembly DIMM air baffle DIMM Power supply SAS SATA backplane some models SATA simple swap back panel some models 3 5 inch drive cage 3 5 inch simple swap SATA hard disk drive some models Simple swap SATA filler Hot swap hard disk drive filler 3 5 inch or 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive depending on model ed Cad eed Ll Ll Ll Ded Le e CI EU CS El ES CO LS Bezel DVD drive filler Operator information panel Fans System board Microprocessor Heat sink Cover 178 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Replaceable server components Replaceable components are of three types e Self service customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of self service CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation Optional service customer replaceable unit You may install an optional
84. see Note Removing the heat sink from the microprocessor destroys the even distribution of the thermal grease and requires replacing the thermal grease To install the replacement microprocessor complete the following steps Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Make sure that the microprocessor bracket frame and release latch are both fully open Attention e When you handle static sensitive devices take precautions to avoid damage from static electricity For details about handling these devices see Handling static sensitive devices on page 117 The microprocessor contacts are fragile handle the microprocessor very carefully Do not touch the microprocessor contacts with your skin The microprocessor fits only one way on the socket 3 Align the microprocessor with the socket note the alignment mark H and the position of the notches then carefully place the microprocessor on the socket close the microprocessor bracket frame AH and close the microprocessor release latch El Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 141 4 Gently lower the heat sink on the microprocessor 5 Install the heat sink on the microprocessor Attention Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink Touching the thermal material will contaminate it If the thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink becom
85. service technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action Testing the monitor 1 2 Make sure that the monitor cables are firmly connected Iry using a different monitor on the server or try using the monitor that is being tested on a different server Run the diagnostic programs If the monitor passes the diagnostic programs the problem might be a video device driver Trained service technician only Replace the system board The screen is blank If the server is attached to a KVM switch bypass the KVM switch to eliminate it as a possible cause of the problem connect the monitor cable directly to the correct connector on the rear of the server Make sure that e The server is turned on If there is no power to the server see Power problems on page 62 e The monitor cables are connected correctly e The
86. single chip The IMM provides advanced service processor control monitoring and alerting function If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or if a system component fails the IMM lights LEDs to help you diagnose the problem records the error in the event log and alerts you to the problem Optionally the IMM also provides a virtual presence capability for remote server management capabilities The IMM provides remote server management through the following industry standard interfaces Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI version 2 0 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP version 3 Common Information Model CIM Web browser For additional information see l Using the integrated management module on page 215 e Remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture features are integrated functions of the integrated management module IMM and are available with the purchase of the optional Lenovo Virtual Media Key A virtual media key is required to enable the remote presence and blue screen capture features The remote presence feature provides the following functions Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1280 x 1024 regardless of the system state Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client Mapping the DVD drive diskette drive and USB flash drive on a remote client and mapping ISO and disket
87. system date and time Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 153 Set the power on password e Reconfigure the server Replacing the SAS SATA hard disk drive back plate or backplane To replace the SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane or back plate complete the following procedures Removing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives To remove the Serial Attached SCSI SAS backplane which is also referred to as the hot swap SAS SATA backplane or to remove the simple swap SATA back plate complete the following steps Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface 4 Pull the hard disk drives out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplane or back plate 5 Remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 6 Lift the backplane or back plate out of the server 7 Disconnect the backplane or back plate cables If the server is a hot swap model disconnect the SAS SATA controller signal cable from the backplane Note You might want to disconnect the cable from the SAS SATA controller first or remove the SAS SATA controller from its connector to make it easier to disconnect the cable from the backplane
88. test reseat the DIMMs 2 Remove and replace any DIMM for which the associated error LED is lit see memory module on page 124Jand memory module on page 125 3 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA Preboot memory test sed Running the diagnostic programs on page 69 0051006 DIMM mismatch detected Make sure that the DIMMs match and are installed in the correct sequence see module on page 125 0051009 No memory detected 1 Make sure that the server contains DIMMs 2 Reseat the DIMMs 3 Install DIMMs in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 125 005100A No usable memory detected 1 Make sure that the server contains DIMMs 2 Reseat the DIMMs 3 Install DIMMs in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 125 4 Clear CMOS memory to re enable all the memory connectors see System board switches and jumpers on page 111 0058001 PFA threshold exceeded 1 Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 212 2 Reseat the DIMMs and run the memory test see Running the diagnostic programs on page 69 3 Replace the failing DIMM which is indicated by a lit LED on the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 23 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts
89. that worked previously does not work now 1 on N Make sure that e The device is designed for the server e You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the device is installed correctly e You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables e You updated the configuration information in the Setup utility Whenever memory or any other device is changed you must update the configuration Reseat the device that you just installed Replace the device that you just installed Make sure that all of the cable connections for the device are secure If the device comes with test instructions use those instructions to test the device Reseat the failing device Replace the failing device Chapter 4 Diagnostics 61 Power problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request f
90. the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 813 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM I2C test stopped cannot return the number of requested data bytes Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 78 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the sugges
91. the fan cable from the system board see System board internal connectors on page 107 You may need to disengage the cables from cable retention clips Note the routing of the fan cable to the connector you will have to route the fan cable the same way when you install the fan N b Grasp the top of the fan with your index finger and thumb and lift the fan out of the server Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 149 Table 14 Removing the fan Fan 1 41 Fan 4 2 Fan 2 5 Fan 5 Fan 3 9 If you are instructed to return the fan follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a fan assembly To install the replacement fan complete the following steps 1 Position the replacement fan so that the airflow arrow on the fan points toward the rear of the server Note Correct airflow is from the front to the rear of the server 2 Install the replacement fan in the bracket a Make sure that the fan cable sits in the channel on the side of the fan 150 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual b In the location from which you removed the failed fan route the fan cable into its slot 21 in the fan brachet top c Insert the fan J into the bracket El d Make sure that each of the grey soft tabs on the fan is fully seated in its slot in the fan bracket 3 Connect the replacement fan cable to the system board 4 Go
92. the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 903 300 IMM IMM DC Test Failed The IMM 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the indicates a failure in the DIMM bus Bus 2 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest 7 Disconnect the system from the power source 8 Replace the DIMMs one at a time and run the 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updati
93. to you Installing the operator information panel assembly To install the replacement operator information panel assembly complete the following steps 1 Guide the operator information panel assembly into position on top of the DVD bay housing Make sure that the LEDs and the USB connectors are aligned with the openings in the bezel and that the holes in the board align with the screw holes in the top of the bay housing 2 Use the screws that you removed earlier to secure the operator information panel assembly onto the top of the DVD bay housing 3 Reconnect both cables to the operator information panel assembly Operator information panel assembly 2 Front panel USB connector Operator information panel connector 4 Go tol Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 135 Replacing the drive cage To replace the drive cage use the following procedures Removing the drive cage The following illustration shows removing a simple swap 3 5 inch drive cage The following illustration shows removing a hot swap 2 5 inch drive cage 136 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual I Important Safety Information on page 1Jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the povver cord and all external cables Remove the hard disk drives from the cage seel R
94. tol Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing the system board battery To replace the system board battery complete the following procedures Removing the battery To remove the battery complete the following steps Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 If necessary lift the riser card assembly out of the way seel Removing the riser card assembly on page 157 5 Remove the battery Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 151 GER TEENS ESA dE TE coe Cy EG D Microproces
95. ut ft 8 J S gt DIMM 1 DIMM 2 DIMM 3 DIMM 4 DIMM 5 DIMM 6 Microprocessor Fan 3 connector Fan 2 connector ServeRAD BR10il controller connector me i P w Ll Ea i O By fe ry CJ OS ES El Fan 1 connector Hard disk backplane configuration connector Operator information panel connector Simple swap HDD backplane signal connector Wake on LAN connector DVD drive connector Hypervisor flash device connector Reserved Reserved Reserved Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors N e N w w N o N Riser card connector 2 Riser card connector 1 Battery Power 2 connector Virtual media key connector Power 1 connector Power 3 connector Power 4 connector Fan 5 connector Fan 4 connector 107 System board external connectors The following illustration shows the external connectors on the system board h O FES 0 8 l 5
96. when using the software see the information that comes with the software for a description of the messages and suggested solutions to the problem 3 Contact the software vendor 64 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Universal Serial Bus USB port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action Run USB diagnostics see POST on page 21 2 Make sure that The correct USB device driver is installed e The operating system supports USB devices A USB device does not work 3 Make sure that the USB configuration options are set correctly in the Setup Utility seel Using the Setup Utility on page 200 for more information 4 If you are using a USB hub disconnect the USB device from the hub and conn
97. 007 2009 error codes and messages diagnostic 70 IMM 30 messages diagnostic 68 POST 21 error symptoms general 52 hard disk drive 52 hypervisor flash device 54 intermittent 55 keyboard non USB 56 memory 57 microprocessor 58 monitor 59 mouse non USB 56 optical drive 51 optional devices 61 pointing device non USB 56 power 62 serial port 63 software 64 USB port 65 errors format diagnostic code 69 Ethernet controller troubleshooting 102 Ethernet support 10 event logs 19 clearing 21 expansion bays 11 external system board connectors 108 F fan installing 150 removing 149 replacing 149 fans determine error 149 size 12 weight 12 FCC Class A notice 226 features remote presence and blue screen 9 field replaceable units FRUs 179 firmware server recovering 100 firmware server updating 141 firmware updating 212 forgotten password bypassing 203 formatting hard disk drive 207 front view LED location 105 front view of the server 105 FRUs replacing drive cage 136 fan 149 microprocessor 139 operator information panel 134 231 FRUs replacing continued optical cable 162 PCI X riser card power cable 168 power supply 146 SAS SATA backplane 154 the ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller 159 virtual media key 167 G gaseous contamination 12 gloss statement Germany 226 grease thermal 143 H hard disk drive formatting 207 hot swap SATA 128 installing 126 127 problems 52 remo
98. 0600 10 66 GBps PC3 1333 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 12800 12 80 GBps PC3 1600 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus m is the DIMM type E Unbuffered DIMM UDIMM with ECC x72 bit module data bus R Registered DIMM RDIMM U Unbuffered DIMM with no ECC x64 bit primary data bus aa is the CAS latency in clocks at maximum operating frequency bb is the JEDEC SPD Revision Encoding and Additions level cc is the reference design file for the design of the DIMM d is the revision number of the reference design of the DIMM The server supports unbuffered DIMMs UDIMM or registered DIMMs RDIMM The server supports a maximum of six single rank or dual rank DIMMs depending on the type of DIMM you install in the server Note To determine the type of a DIMM see the label on the DIMM The information on the label is in the format xxxxx nRxxx PC3 xxxxx xx xx xxx The numeral in the sixth numerical position indicates whether the DIMM is single rank n 1 or dual rank n 2 The server supports up to two UDIMMs or three RDIMMs per channel The following table shows an example of the maximum amount of memory that you can install using ranked DIMMs 122 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Unbuffered DIMMs UDIMMS The following notes provide information that you must configure when you install UDIMMs The memory channels run at the fastest common frequency of the DIMMs installe
99. 10Gb adapter models CTO All Models 42C1802 SATA DVD ROM models CTO 44VV3254 SATA CD RW DVD models CTO 44W3255 SATA Mulitburn models CTO 44W3256 ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43W4297 ServeRAID MR10is VAULT SAS SATA Controller models 44E8696 CTO IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller v2 models CTO 49Y4737 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0851 ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0854 ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0862 ServeRAID MR10i Li Ion Battery models CTO 43W4301 ServeRAID MR10M SAS SATA Controller with Remote 43W4341 Battery Kit models CTO ServeRAID M1015 RAID 5 Upgrade Key models CTO 46M0864 ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0922 Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 181 6531 Software FRU FRU EasyManage models CTO All Models 69Y9937 Documentation DVD models CTO All Models 90Y1164 EasyStartup models CTO All Models 90Y1165 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1166 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1167 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1168 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit GR models CTO All
100. 12M 12A 12J 11 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46U2128 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12 11 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2117 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2758 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12 11 ThinkServer 300GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3014 models CTO All Models 11 ThinkServer 450GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3015 models CTO All Models 11 ThinkServer 600GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive 46U3016 models CTO All Models 12 Front Bezel models CTO All Models 46U2944 13 DVD Blank models CTO All Models 49Y4868 15 SYSTEM FAN models CTO All Models 59Y3212 16 System board Planar models CTO All Models 69Y1013 17 Microprocessor Celeron G1101 2 26GHz 1066MHz 2MB 49Y4645 2C models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3460 2 8GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4646 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3430 2 4GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4647 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3440 2 53GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4648 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3450 2 67GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4649 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Pentium G6950 2 8 GHz 1066MHz 3MB 49Y4668 2C models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3470 2 93GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 46C6775 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Core i3 540 3 06 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3175
101. 1D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 15G 15M 15A 15J 3 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1992 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 3 Memory module 4GB 1x4GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 46U2941 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO 3 Memory module 8GB 1x8GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 46U2942 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO 4 Power supply 351W LE PSU models CTO 11U 11F 115 49Y 4663 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13 4 Power supply 351W HE PSU models CTO 14U 14F 145 49Y4664 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15 5 SAS HS BACKPLANE 3 5 models CTO All Models 46C6756 6 SAS Backplane 2 5 models CTO All Models 46C6757 7 3 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3226 9 SATA Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4343 10 SAS Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4375 11 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45 9642 models CTO 11U 11F 115 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45 9644 models CTO 11U 11F 115 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 125 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 190 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 continued Index Description CRU part number Tier 1
102. 1K PF Srvr models CTO All Models 42C1752 QLogic 10Gb adapter models CTO All Models 42C1802 SATA DVD ROM models CTO 44W3254 SATA CD RW DVD models CTO 44W3255 SATA Mulitburn models CTO 44W3256 ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43W4297 ServeRAID MR10is VAULT SAS SATA controller models 44E8696 CTO IBM 3Gb SAS HBA controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller v2 models CTO 49Y4737 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0851 ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0854 ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0862 ServeRAID MR10i Li Ion Battery models CTO 43W4301 ServeRAID MR10M SAS SATA controller with Remote 43W4341 Battery Kit models CTO ServeRAID M1015 RAID 5 Upgrade Key models CTO 46M0864 ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0922 6532 Software FRU FRU EasyManage models CTO All Models 69Y9937 Documentation DVD models CTO All Models 90Y1164 EasyStartup models CTO All Models 90Y1165 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1166 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1167 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1168 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1169 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1170 Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 185
103. 32 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 089 802 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Aborted System resource availability error Turn off and restart the system 2 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For the latest level of firmware go to and select your system to display a matrix of available firmware 5 Run the test again Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 9 Run the test a
104. 3S 13L 13D 13A 14U 14F 145 14L 14D 14A 15A 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO 196 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 22 Power cords Type 6534 continued Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5206 Used in these countries and regions China 2 8M models CTO Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 197 198 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 8 Configuring the server The following configuration programs come with the server Setup Utility program The Setup Utility program is part of the UEFI Use it to configure serial port assignments change interrupt request IRO settings change the startup device sequence set the date and time and set passwords Boot Manager program The Boot Manager program is part of the server firmware Use it to override the startup sequence that is set in the Setup Utility and temporarily assign a device to be first in the startup sequence ThinkServer EasyStartup program This program simplifies the process of configuring your RAID controllers and installing your operating Using the the system It is on the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD provided with your server For details see EasyStartup DVD on page 209 Integrated Management Module
105. 5 Hot Swap SAS drive models CTO All Models 46U 3014 11 ThinkServer 450GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive models CTO All Models 46U 3015 11 12 ThinkServer 600GB 6Gbps 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS drive models CTO All Models Front Bezel models CTO All Models 46U 46U 3016 2944 13 DVD Blank models CTO All Models 49Y4868 15 System fan models CTO All Models 59Y3212 16 System board Planar models CTO All Models 69Y1013 17 Microprocessor Celeron G1101 2 26GHz 1066MHz 2MB 2C models CTO 49Y4645 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3460 2 8GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO 15G 15M 15A 15 J 49Y 4646 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3430 2 4GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 49Y 4647 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3440 2 53GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C models CTO 49Y 4648 Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 191 Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3450 2 67GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4649 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 17 Microprocessor Pentium G6950 2 8 GHz 1066MHz 3MB 49Y4668 2C models CTO 17 Microprocess
106. 531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 806 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM BC test stopped timeout while processing the command i 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 807 xxx IMM
107. 531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Remove the filler panel from the bay Pull the loops of the drive tray toward each other and pull the tray out of the bay af won Installing a simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drive Attention Simple swap hard disk drives are not hot swappable Disconnect all power from the server before you remove or install a simple swap hard disk drive To install a simple swap SATA hard disk drive complete the following steps Note If your server has only one simple swap hard disk drive make sure it is installed in the left drive bay Attention To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Remove the filler panel H from the bay if necessary Pull the loops of the drive tray toward each other and slide the drive into the server until the drive connects to the back plate H af oD Chapter 6 Repl
108. 532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 824 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM I2C test stopped cannot execute the command di Turn off the system and disconnect it from the povver source You must disconnect the system from ac povver to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 901 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Failed The IMM indicates a failu
109. 6 208 208 208 208 209 209 209 210 Contents Vv EasyStartup overview Installing your operating system without using EasyStartup Updating the firmware Using the EasyUpdate Firmw r Updater tool Starting the backup server firmware Recovering the UEFI firmware Using the integrated management modul IBM Advanced Settings Utility program Installing ThinkServer EasyManage software Installation requirements Installation order Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components Uninstalling the LANDesk Software Agent Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture Enabling the remote presence feature Obtaining the IP address for the IMM Logging on to the Web interface p Enabling the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers Enabling and configuring Serial over LAN SOL UEFI update and configuration ua Li Appendix Notices Trademarks Important notes A Product recycling and disposal Compliance with Republic of Turkey Directive on ihe Resttiction of Hazardous Substances Recycling statements for Japan Battery return program German Ordinance for Work gloss statement Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Comiiission FCC statement Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement Avis de conformit la r glementation d Industrie Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement United Kingdom telecommunications s
110. 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The monitor has screen jitter or 4 the screen image is wavy unreadable rolling or distorted Wrong characters appear on the 4 screen 2 3 If the wrong language is displayed update the UEFI code see firmware on page 212 with the correct language If the monitor self tests show that the monitor is working correctly consider the location of the monitor Magnetic fields around other devices such as transformers appliances fluorescents and other monitors can cause screen jitter or wavy unreadable rolling or distorted screen images If this happens turn off the monitor Attention Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screen discoloration Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm 12 in apart and turn on the monitor Notes a To prevent diskette drive read write errors make sure that the distance between the monitor and any external diskette drive is at least 76 mm 3 in
111. 9Y4649 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Pentium G6950 2 8 GHz 1066MHz 3MB 49Y 4668 2C models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3470 2 93GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 46C6775 models CTO Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 187 Table 17 Parts listing Types 6533 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 17 Microprocessor Core i3 540 3 06 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3175 models CTO Microprocessor Core i3 530 2 93 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3176 models CTO Heat Sink models CTO All Models 59Y3221 Top cover models CTO All Models 59Y3223 System battery models CTO All Models 33F8354 1U Tool Less Rail Kit models CTO All Models 24P1121 EAR Bracket models CTO All Models 39M4351 Cable mini SAS cable models CTO All Models 41Y3884 Cable backplane cable models CTO All Models 59Y3210 Cable 500mm SAS cable models CTO All Models 59Y3214 Cable Front I O cable models CTO All Models 59Y3228 Cable 3 5 SS SATA cable models CTO All Models 59Y3230 Blank EMC shield models CTO All Models 4472248 Fornt I O board models CTO All Models 46C6797 HD InstCaution Label models CTO All Models 59Y3218 Low case models CTO All Models 59Y3225 2 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3227 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter models CTO 39Y6070 All Models
112. A Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 405 903 xxx BroadCom Ethernet Device Test Internal Memory Failed al Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 2 Run the test again Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA event log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utility ion page 200 to assign a unique interrupt to the device Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replac
113. Administrator account This account will be used to create the initial administrator level account used to log in to the ThinkServer EasyManage console Any previous agent from EasyManage or LANDesk must be removed prior to installing the Core Server and Management Console Installation order The order in which you install the operating system and Windows Components is critical to install ThinkServer EasyManage software successfully To ensure a clean working installation of ThinkServer EasyManage software use the following installation order 1 Install Microsoft Windows Server 2008 32 bit with the latest Service Pack 2 Install the Windows Components See Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components on page 217 3 Use Windows Update to install all available critical updates 216 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Download Microsoft Web Services Enhancement 2 0 Service Pack 3 LANDesk Process Manager onl from the following Web site http c3e7 420a bc1e ef18bab66122 amp DisplayLang en EE en Note This specific version is required Install the software using the default settings Use Windows Update to install all available critical updates Launch the EasyManage installation After ThinkServer EasyManage is installed enable Security and Patch Manager to obtain the LANDesk 8 8 Software Updates In the console application click Help gt LANDesk gt
114. CTO All Models 90Y1188 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1189 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1190 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1191 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1192 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1193 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1194 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1195 Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 189 6533 Software FRU FRU WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1196 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1197 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1198 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN JP models CTO All Models 90Y1199 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN FR GR SP IT models CTO All Models 90Y1200 Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 1 Riser PCIX models CTO All Models 49Y4675 1 Riser PCI E LP models CTO All Models 46C6796 1 Riser PCI E FH models CTO All Models 49Y4673 2 Air Duct models CTO All Models 46C6798 3 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1991 models CTO 3 Memory module 1GB 1x1GB Single Rankx8 PC3 10600 46U2906 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO 3 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP UDIMM 46U2907 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 1
115. Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs Guidelines for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Working inside the server with the power on Handling static sensitive devices Major components of the server Removing and installing the cover Removing the cover Installing the cover Removing and installing the bezel Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle Removing the DIMM air baffle Installing the DIMM air baffle Replacing a memory module DIMM Supported memory types Removing a memory module Installing a memory module Replacing hard disk drives Removing a simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drive Installing a simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drive Removing a hot swap hard disk drive moa ea Installing a hot swap hard disk drive Replacing a PCI card Removing a PCI card Installing a PCI card Replacing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device Removing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device Installing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device Replacing the operator information panel assembly Removing the operator information panel assembly Installing the operator information panel assembly Replacing the drive cage Removing the drive cage Installing the drive cage Replacing the microprocessor and heat sink Removing the microprocessor Installing the microprocessor Thermal grease I Replacing the system board iv ThinkSer
116. D BR10il SAS SATA controller 159 USB embedded hypervisor flash device 133 virtual media key 167 removing the cover 119 replacement parts 179 replacing a PCI riser card assembly 157 battery 151 bezel 121 drive cage 136 DVD drive 164 fan 149 microprocessor 139 operator information panel 134 optical cable 162 optical drive 164 PCI card 130 PCI X riser card power cable 168 power supply 146 SAS SATA backplane 154 SAS SATA backplate 154 system board 144 USB embedded hypervisor flash device 133 virtual media key 167 riser card installing 158 removing 132 replacing 158 slots 109 riser card assembly installing 158 location 131 S SAS backplane installing 157 removing 156 SAS SATA backplane installing 154 removing 154 replacing 154 SAS SATA backplate removing 154 serial port problems 63 server offerings 9 server continued power features 113 turning it off 113 turning iton 113 server backup firmware starting 213 server configuration updating 175 server firmware updating 141 server firmware recovering 100 server rear view 106 server replaceable units 179 server shutdown 113 server front view 105 ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller installing 160 service bulletins 18 service request online 18 setting clear CMOS password override jumper 203 Setup Utility menu choices 200 starting 200 using 200 shutting down the server 113 simple swap Serial ATA hard disk drive 126 127 slot locations PCI car
117. DistinguishedName certificate that has been 2 Tyi daeth tificat 2 CIM_PublicKeyCertificate imported into the IMM The 7 N BS Renesas ElementName imported certificate must contain a public key that corresponds to the key pair that was previously generated by the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link Ethernet Data Rate modified from Info A user has modified the No action information only 1 to 2 by user 3 Ethernet port data rate 1 CIM_EthernetPort Speed 2 CIM_EthernetPort Speed 3 user ID Ethernet Duplex setting modified Info A user has modified the No action information only from 1 to 2 by user 3 Ethernet port duplex setting 1 CIM_EthernetPort FullDuplex 2 CIM_EthernetPort FullDuplex 3 user ID Ethernet MTU setting modified from Info A user has modified the No action information only 1 to 2 by user 3 Ethernet port MTU setting 1 CIM_EthernetPort ActiveMaximumTransmissionUnit 2 CIM EthernetPort ActiveMaximumTransmissionUnit 3 user ID Ethernet Duplex setting modified Info A user has modified the No action information only from 1 to 2 by user 3 Ethernet port MAC address 1 CIM_EthernetPort setting NetworkAddresses 2 CIM_EthernetPort NetworkAddresses 3 user ID Ethernet interface 1 by user 2 Info A user has enabled or No action information only 1 CIM_EthernetPort EnabledState 2 user ID disabled the Ethernet
118. ED is lit or flashing check the hard disk drive backplane go to step 4 If the green activity LED is flashing and the amber status LED is lit replace the drive If the activity of the LEDs remains the same go to step 4 If the activity of the LEDs changes return to step 1 4 Make sure that the hard disk drive backplane is correctly seated When it is correctly seated the drive assemblies correctly connect to the backplane without bowing or causing movement of the backplane 5 Reseat the backplane power cable and repeat steps 1 through 3 6 Reseat the backplane signal cable and repeat steps 1 through 3 7 Suspect the backplane signal cable or the backplane e Replace the affected backplane signal cable e Replace the affected backplane 8 Run the diagnostic tests for the SAS SATA controller and hard disk drives see Diagnostic tools on page 19 If the controller passes the test but the drives are not recognized replace the backplane signal cable and run the tests again e Replace the backplane If the controller fails the test disconnect the backplane signal cable from the controller and run the tests again If the controller fails the test replace the controller 9 Seel Problem determination tips on page 104 Multiple hard disk drives fail Make sure that the hard disk drive SAS SATA RAID controller and server device drivers and firmware are at the latest level Important Some cluster so
119. EasyStartup program to install an operating system make sure any external storage devices and fiber channels are configured correctly EasyStartup overview The EasyStartup program requires a supported Lenovo server with an enabled startable bootable DVD drive In addition to the EasyStartup DVD you also must have the operating system installation CD or DVD and the product key or installation number for the operating system if provided The EasyStartup program performs the following tasks Detects installed hardware devices Guides you through the process of configuring one or more RAID controllers Guides you through the process of creating a response file for the unattended installation of the operating system Enables you to create scripts or commands that run at the end of the operating system installation process Facilitates the installation of the ThinkServer EasyManage products and DVD burning software Windows installation only Prepares the hard disk for installation Prompts you to insert the operating system installation disc Initiates an unattended installation of the operating system and device drivers Setup and configuration When you start the EasyStartup DVD you will be prompted for the following Select the language in which you want to view the program Select the language of the keyboard you will be using with the program 210 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and
120. Gas EH Q E Pi El x E T A i I El fe F T El E ES Es 8 L NR El REF B ca oo I GES criteri a Estas Boot block Clear CMOS jumper JP6 jumper JP1 Move the jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 to enable the UEFI recovery mode Reinstall the server cover then reconnect all power cords Restart the server The power on self test POST starts Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you downloaded Perform the firmware update by following the instructions that are in the firmware update package readme file Copy the downloaded firmware update package into a directory From a command line type filename s where filename is the name of the executable file that you downloaded with the firmware update package Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables and then remove the server cover Move the UEFI boot recovery jumper back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Reinstall the server cover and then reconnect all the power cables Restart the server In band automated boot recovery method Note Use this method if the system board error LED is lit and there is a log entry or Booting Backup Image is displayed on the firmware splash screen otherwise use the in band manual recovery method 1 Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you downloaded Perform the firm
121. H is I FIT TH EH a bri Tr 4 E FIL IH I i mee mg TE El aa 5 El u a mp c sl aff E76 Microprocessor if 2 o Mi a a FA ee 85 FERH fssesssf E Serial com 1 connector E Ethernet connector 2 A Video connector 61 USB connectors 3 and 4 Ethernet connector 1 SVV1 NMI button g USB connectors 1 and 2 108 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual System board optional device connectors The following illustration shows the connectors on the system board for user installable optional devices
122. HREBST BLIRKRENZZLENRBSNET Taiwan Class A warning statement a EES RA AB pra DUE RE RAE gt AYRE EG AI PARE EEE EH BEAXRRDREBENER o B 228 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual People s Republic of China Class A warning statement E B ia A RER EEEF XC Da PI AE SE RI R Es TI ERLAR P BT SB Te SE HE PX R PES RR PI DC RJ TE EE Rorea Class A vvarning statement Appendix Notices 229 230 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Index A ABR automatic boot failure recovery 102 acoustical noise emissions 12 administrator password 202 air deflector important note 147 location 147 ASM event log 20 assertion event system event log 20 automatic boot failure recovery ABR 102 backup firmware starting 213 battery removing 151 152 replacing 151 Battery failure LED 66 bays 11 bezel installing 121 removing 120 blue screen capture features 9 blue screen capture feature overview 9 218 boot failure three consecutive 102 boot manager program using 205 bypassing an unknown password 203 C checkout procedure 15 16 Class A electronic emission notice 226 code updates 17 collecting data 16 completing the options installation 173 comp
123. Hat Shadow Man logo and all Red Hat based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat Inc in the United States and other countries Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others Important notes Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor other factors also affect application performance DVD drive speed is the variable read rate Actual speeds vary and are often less than the possible maximum When referring to processor storage real and virtual storage or channel volume KB stands for 1024 bytes MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes and GB stands for 1 073 741 824 bytes When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume MB stands for 1 000 000 bytes and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes Total user accessible capacity can vary depending on operating environments Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive bays with the largest currently supported drives that are available from Lenovo Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an optional memory module Lenovo makes no representation or warranties regarding non Lenovo products and services including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose These products are offered and warranted solel
124. Hz LP RDIMM models CTO 3 Memory module 8GB 1x8GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 46U2942 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO 4 Power supply 351W LE PSU models CTO 11G 11M 11A 49Y4663 11J 4 Power supply 351W HE PSU models CTO 49Y 4664 5 SAS HS BACKPLANE 3 5 models CTO All Models 46C6756 6 SAS Backplane 2 5 models CTO All Models 46C6757 7 3 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3226 8 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap SATA 45 9634 II models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J 8 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap SATA 46U1024 II models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11 8 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap SATA 45 9638 II models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11 8 Hard disk drive IBM Server 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 Simple 46U2916 Swap HDD models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J 9 SATA Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4343 10 SAS Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4375 12 Front Bezel models CTO All Models 46U2944 13 DVD Blank models CTO All Models 49Y4868 15 System fan models CTO All Models 59Y3212 16 System board Planar models CTO All Models 69Y1013 17 Microprocessor Celeron G1101 2 26GHz 1066MHz 2MB 49Y4645 2C models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3460 2 8GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y4646 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3430 2 4GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y 4647 models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3440 2 53GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 49Y 4648 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Xeon X3450 2 67GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 4
125. M connector DIMM connector DIMM connector DIMM connector DIMM connector DIMM connector 1 2 3 4 5 6 Populated Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Populated Empty Empty Populated Empty Empty Populated Populated Empty Populated Populated Empty Registered DIMMs RDIMMs The following notes provide information that you must consider when you install RDIMMs DIMMs The memory channels run at the fastest common frequency of the installed DIMMs RDIMMs are supported in models with an Xeon 3400 series processor Do not use both RDIMMs and UDIMMs in the same server The server supports up to three single rank dual rank or quad rank RDIMMs per channel The RDIMM options that are available for the server are 1 GB 2 GB 4 GB and 8 GB when available Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs You can install a maximum of 32 GB of memory in the server when you use RDIMMs 123 The following table lists the supported RDIMM population Table 11 Supported RDIMM population per channel DIMM connectors DIMMs installed in Ranks per DIMM per channel each channel DIMM type DIMM speed any combination 3 1 Registered DDR3 1066 1333 Single rank ECC dual rank 3 2 Registered DDR3 1066 1333 Single rank EGCG dual rank 3 3 Registered DDR3 800 Single rank ECC dual rank 3 1 Registered DDR3 1066 Quad rank ECC 3 2 Registered DDR3 800 Quad rank ECC The following table lists the maximum DIMM populati
126. MM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 72 _ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 802 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM BC test stopped the test cannot be completed for an unknown reason i Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect
127. Numeric sensor Ambient Temp Error An upper critical sensor Reduce the ambient temperature going high upper critical has going high has asserted asserted Numeric sensor Ambient Temp Error An upper nonrecoverable Reduce the ambient temperature going high upper non recoverable sensor going high has has asserted asserted Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going Error A lower critical sensor going Trained service technician only low lower critical has asserted low has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going Error An upper critical sensor Trained service technician only high upper critical has asserted going high has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 5V going low Error A lower critical sensor going Trained service technician only lower critical has asserted low has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar 5V going Error An upper critical sensor Trained service technician only high upper critical has asserted going high has asserted Replace the system board Numeric sensor Planar VBAT going Error A lower critical sensor going Replace the 3 V battery low lower critical has asserted low has asserted Numeric sensor Fan n Tach going Error A lower critical sensor going 4 Reseat the failing fan n which low lower critical has asserted low has asserted is indicated by a lit LED on n fan number the system board see System board LEDs on 2 Replace t
128. P If a DHCP host is not available the IMM assigns a static IP address of 192 168 70 125 2 On the Login page type the user name and password If you are using the IMM for the first time you can obtain the user name and password from your system administrator All login attempts are documented in the event log Note The IMM is set initially with a user name of USERID and password of PASSWORD passwOrd with a zero not a the letter O You have read write access You must change the default password the first time you log on 3 On the Welcome page type a timeout value in minutes in the field that is provided The IMM will log you off of the Web interface if your browser is inactive for the number of minutes that you entered for the timeout value 4 Click Continue to start the session The System Health page provides a quick view of the system status Enabling the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program The Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program is part of the server firmware You can use it to configure the network as a startable device and you can customize where the network startup option appears in the startup sequence Enable and disable the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program from the Setup utility Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers The Ethernet controllers are integrated on the system board They provide an interface for connecting to a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1 Gbps network and provide full duplex FDX capabi
129. R2 ENT 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1194 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1195 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1196 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1197 WS 2008 R2 ENT 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1198 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN JP models CTO All Models 90Y1199 ROK WS2008 FOUND 64bit MUI EN FR GR SP IT models CTO All Models 90Y1200 Table 17 Parts listing Types 6533 CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number il Riser PCIX models CTO All Models 49Y4675 1 Riser PCI E LP models CTO All Models 46C6796 1 Riser PCI E FH models CTO All Models 49Y4673 2 Air Duct models CTO All Models 46C 6798 3 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1991 models CTO 186 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 17 Parts listing Types 6533 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 3 Memory module 1GB 1x1GB Single Rankx8 PC3 10600 4612906 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO 3 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP UDIMM 46U2907 models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11J 3 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1992 models CTO 3 Memory module 4GB 1x4GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 46U2941 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066M
130. S 11L 11D 11A 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12A 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO 39M5206 China 2 8M models CTO Table 20 Power cords Type 6532 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 11M 12M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 11G 11M 11A 12G 12M 12A 39M5151 UK 2 8M models CTO 11G 11A 12G 12A 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 11S 11L 11Y 11G 12S 12L 12Y 12G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 39M5219 Korea 2 8M models CTO 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 11J 12J 39M5068 Argentina 2 8M models CTO 11L 11Y 12L 12Y 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11A 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12A 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 195 Table 21 Power cords Type 6533 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 11M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M
131. SU models CTO 11U 11F 115 49Y4663 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 4 Power supply 351W HE PSU models CTO 49Y 4664 5 SAS HS BACKPLANE 3 5 models CTO All Models 46C6756 6 SAS Backplane 2 5 models CTO All Models 46C6757 7 3 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3226 9 SATA Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4343 10 SAS Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4375 11 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45 9642 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 11 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45 9644 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 11 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 Hot Swap SAS models 45 9658 CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 11 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45 9646 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 11 Hard disk drive IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3 57 HS HDD 45 9648 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 11 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2120 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2124 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD models 46102128 CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 183 Table 16 Parts listing Types 6532 continued
132. Security Updates for a guide to configuring Security and Patch Manager Install Adobe Flash Player 9 if you plan to use the Management Console functions from the same server on which the Core Server is installed You can obtain Adobe Flash Player 9 from the Adobe Web site Ihttp www adobe com products flashplayer Installing Windows 2008 32 bit components To install the Windows Server 2008 32 bit components necessary for a ThinkServer EasyManage core server installation complete the steps in this section Installing Web Server Role IIS To install the Web Server Role IIS do the following 1 Click Start gt Server Manager 2 Under Roles Summary click Add Roles The Add Roles wizard appears 3 4 Select the checkbox next to Web Server IIS A dialog box displays the additional features that are Click Next required Click Add Required Features then click Next In the list of additional role services that can be installed ensure that the following are selected e HTTP Redirection e Static Content e ASP NET e ASP e CGI e Server Side Includes e Windows Authentication IIS 6 Metabase Compatibility Note When you select ASP Net or ASP a dialog box displays the additional role services required Click Add Required Role Services Click Install Note If IIS is already installed and certain Role Services are still required expand Roles in the tree view on the left in Server Manager and click on
133. See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A PCI SERR has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A PCI SERR has occurred Sensor One of PCI Err naar Check the extender card LEDs Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCIe adapter Replace the extender card Trained service technician only Replace the system board Fault in slot System board on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error naar Check the extender card LEDs Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level
134. Software FRU FRU EasyManage models CTO All Models 69Y9937 Documentation DVD models CTO All Models 90Y1164 EasyStartup models CTO All Models 90Y1165 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1166 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1167 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1168 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1169 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1170 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1171 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1172 WS2008 R2 FOUND 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1173 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1174 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit NL models CTO All Models 90Y1175 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1176 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1177 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit IT models CTO All Models 90Y1178 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1179 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1180 WS 2008 SBS SP2 STD 64bit TR models CTO All Models 90Y1181 WS 2008 SBS SP2 PREM 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1182 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit US models CTO All Models 90Y1183 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit FR models CTO All Models 90Y1184 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit GR models CTO All Models 90Y1185 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit JP models CTO All Models 90Y1186 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit SP models CTO All Models 90Y1187 WS 2008 R2 STD 64bit IT models
135. Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD ROMs DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure A DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the follovving Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Klasse 1 Laser Klass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 Chapter 1 About this manual 5 Statement 4 A 18 kg 39 7 Ib 2 32 kg 70 5 Ib 55 kg 121 2 Ib CAUTION Use safe practices when lifting Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 20a 2 af 6 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual S
136. UT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication Lenovo may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration The result obtained in other operating environments may vary Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Any references in this publication
137. acing FRUs 127 6 Release the loops of the drive tray 7 Insert the filler panel into the bay to cover the drive Note If the server is configured for RAID operation using a RAID controller you might have to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install hard disk drives See the RAID controller documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete instructions for using the RAID controller 8 Go tol Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Removing a hot swap hard disk drive The 3 5 inch drive hot swap server models support either two SAS 3 5 inch hard disk drives or two SATA 3 5 inch hard disk drives The 2 5 inch drive hot swap server models support four 2 5 inch SAS hard disk drives Bo va Deesese AR CRA j P OR DOC 0 BO Bho SORE amp BO ama gees Soph CEO ORERO OE RR je 200000 ORORO RR OO SO The removal and installation procedures are the same for any of these drives The illustrations in this procedure show 3 5 inch SAS drives To remove a hot swap hard disk drive complete the following steps Attention To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed wh
138. afety requirement European Union EMC Directive conformance statement Germany Class A compliance statement Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI statement Taiwan Class A warning statement People s Republic of China Class A warning stateme t Korea Class A warning statement Index Vi ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 210 212 212 213 213 213 215 216 216 216 216 217 218 218 218 218 219 219 219 220 220 221 222 222 223 224 224 225 226 226 226 226 226 226 gt 227 gt 227 227 228 228 229 229 231 Chapter 1 About this manual This Hardware Maintenance Manual contains information to help you solve problems that might occur in your server It describes the diagnostic tools that come with the server error codes and suggested actions and instructions for replacing failing components Replaceable components are of three types e Self service customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of self service CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation Optional service customer replaceable unit You may install an optional service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for the serve
139. age 212 4 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 201 802 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled the end address in the E820 function is less than 16 MB 1 Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the Setup utility Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 88 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips a
140. agnose system errors quickly See System board LEDs on page 112 for more information Event logs Error codes and messages are displayed in the following types of event logs e POST event log This log contains the three most recent error codes and messages that were generated during POST You can view the POST event log through the Setup utility Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 19 System event log This log contains messages that were generated during POST and all system status messages from the service processor You can view the contents of the system event log from the Setup utility for more information The system event log is limited in size When it is full new entries will not overwrite existing entries therefore you must periodically clear the system event log through the Setup utility When you are troubleshooting you might have to clear the system event log to make the most recent events available for analysis Each system event log entry is displayed on its own page Message are listed on the left side of the screen and details about the selected message is displayed on the right side of the screen To move from one entry to the next use the Up Arrow 1 and Down Arrow J keys The system event log indicates an assertion event when an event has occurred It indicates a de assertion event when the event is no longer occurring Integrated management module IMM event log This log contain
141. al procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document d Check for and replace defective hardware If a hardware component is not operating within specifications it can cause unpredictable results Most hardware failures are reported as error codes in a system or operating system log See Troubleshooting tables on page Sjand for more information Hardware errors are also indicated by LEDs on the system board see for more information Troubleshooting procedures are also provided on the Lenovo Web site A single problem might cause multiple symptoms Follow the diagnostic procedure for the most obvious symptom If that procedure does not diagnose the problem use the procedure for another symptom if possible To locate troubleshooting procedures for your server complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 From the Select your product list select Servers and Storage 3 In the Browse by product window Family list select ThinkServer RS210 4 Under Support amp downloads click Troubleshoot 5 Under Diagnostic select the troubleshooting procedure for the symptom that you are observing For more troubleshooting information see Chapter 4 Diagnostics on page 19 If the problem remains contact Lenovo or an approved warranty servi
142. als for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the DVD drive cable To install the DVD drive cable complete the following steps information in Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Align the cable connector with the connector on the rear of the DVD drive cage and press the cable connector into the DVD drive cage connector until it is firmly seated 4 Pull the cable connector latch J up and hold it there while you slide the cable connector to the lock position then slide the cable connector latch down to lock the cable in place Id oh OUT Ti g The following illustration shows cable routing for the DVD drive cable Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 163 Note Route the DVD drive cable through the fan cage hole on the left of fan 1 El EI Eu de HI REE
143. ame Info The IMM clock has been set to the date and time that is provided by the Network Time Protocol server No action information only Chapter 4 Diagnostics 47 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician SSL data in the IMM configuration data is invalid Clearing configuration data region and disabling SSL H25 Error There is a problem with the certificate that has been imported into the IMM The imported certificate must contain a public key that corresponds to the key pair that was previously generated through the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link Make sure that the certificate that you are importing is correct 2 Try to import the certificate again Flash of 1 from 2 succeeded for Info A user has successfully No action information only user 3 updated one of the 1 CIM_ManagedElement following firmware ElementName components i Web sa LegacyCLL e IMM main application en IMM boot ROM e Ser
144. an be ordered Acoustical noise emissions Sound power idling 6 5 bels maximum Sound power operating 6 5 bels maximum Heat output Approximate heat output e Minimum configuration 171 BTU per hour 50 watts e Maximum configuration 1024 BTU per hour 300 watts Environment Air temperature Server on 10 C to 35 C 50 0 F to 95 0 F altitude 0 to 914 4 m 3000 ft Server on 10 C to 32 C 50 0 F to 89 6 F altitude 914 4 m 3000 ft to 2133 6 m 7000 0 ft Server off 10 C to 43 C 50 F to 109 4 F maximum altitude 2133 6 m 7000 0 ft Shipping 40 C to 60 C 104 F to 140 F e Humidity Server on 8 to 80 Server off 8 to 80 e Particulate contamination Electrical input Sine wave input 50 60 Hz required Input voltage low range Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac e Input voltage high range Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac e Input Rilovolt amperes kVA approximately Minimum 0 102 RVA Maximum 0 55 RVA Attention Airborne particulates and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might pose a risk to the server For information about the limits for particulates and gases see Notices on Notes 1 Power consumption and heat output vary depending on the number and type of optional features installed and the power managemen
145. and monitoring functions video controller and when the optional virtual media key is installed remote keyboard video mouse and remote hard disk drive capabilities Intel 82574L Gb Ethernet controller with TCP IP Offload Engine TOE and Wake on LAN support e Seven Universal Serial Bus USB 2 0 ports two front four rear and one internal for the optional USB Hypervisor flash device Two Ethernet ports e Four port integrated SATA controller Integrated Trusted Platform Module TPM support e One serial port e One VGA port 11 Chapter 2 General information Table 1 Features and specifications continued RAID controllers Video controller integrated into IMM An IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Matrox G200 Controller that provides RAID levels 0 SVGA compatible video controller 1 and 1E comes standard on some DDR2 128 MB SDRAM video memory hot swap SAS and hot swap SATA e Avocent Digital Video Compression models e Video memory is not expandable An optional IBM ServeRAID MR10i Note The maximum video resolution is SAS SATA Controller SAS SATA 1280 x 1024 adapter that provides RAID levels 0 1 5 6 and 10 can be ordered Size Height 43 mm 1 69 inches 1U Depth 560 1 mm 22 inches e Width 430 mm 17 3 inches e Maximum weight 11 4 kg 25 1 Ib when fully configured An optional IBM ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller that provides RAID levels 0 1 10 and 5 c
146. ased to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on You might be instructed to turn on the server while the cover is off to look at system board LEDs Follow these guidelines when you work inside a server that is turned on Avoid wearing loose fitting clothing on your forearms Button long sleeved shirts before working inside the server do not wear cuff links while you are working inside the server Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the server Remove jewelry such as bracelets necklaces rings and loose fitting wrist watches Remove items from your shirt pocket such as pens and pencils that could fall into the server as you lean over it Avoid dropping any metallic objects such as paper clips hairpins and screws into the server 116 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Handling static sensitive devices Attention Static electricity can damage the server and other electronic devices To avoid damage keep static sensitive devices in their static protective packages until you are ready to install them To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge observe the following precautions Limit your mo
147. assword 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Examples that do use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt host lt imm_ip gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt host lt imm_ip gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt host lt imm_ip gt Restart the server Completing the FRU replacement To complete the installation do the following 1 co If the DIMM air baffle was removed reinstall it now see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 Reinstall the cover if it was removed see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Reinstall the server in the rack cabinet Reconnect all cables and power cords see l Connecting the cables on page 174 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 173
148. assword to view the error logs 3 Use one of the following procedures To clear the IMM system event log select System Event Logs gt System Event Log Select Clear System Event Log then press Enter twice POST When you turn on the server it performs a series of tests to check the operation of the server components and some optional devices in the server This series of tests is called the power on self test or POST Note This server does not use beep codes for server status If a power on password is set you must type the password and press Enter when you are prompted for POST to run If POST detects a problem an error message is displayed See POST error codes for more information POST error codes The following table describes the POST error codes and suggested actions to correct the detected problems These errors can appear as severe warning or informational Chapter 4 Diagnostics 21 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web sit
149. atest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 3 Turn off the system and disconnect it from povver 4 Reseat the DIMMs 5 Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 93 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 215 801 xxx DVD Drive e Verify Aborted Unable to 1 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest Media communicate level For the latest level of DSA code go to Installed nn the device http www lenovo com support river e Read 2 Run the test again Write Test 3 Check the
150. ave the settings 3 Switch the bank back to the primary bank 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3818007 CRTM update capsule signature invalid 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 28 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual solved trained service technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Error code Description Action 3828004 AEM power capping disabled 1 Check the settings and the event logs 2 Make sure that the Active Energy Manager feature is enabled in the Setup utility Click System Settings Power Active Energy Manager gt Capping Enabled 3 Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on
151. ber Component Test State Description Action 166904900 IMM IMM DC Test Failed The IMM 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the indicates a failure in the power supply bus Bus 3 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again Reseat the power supply Run the test again 9 ON Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source 10 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 11 Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 12 Run the test again 13 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 86 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem i
152. bers with the same fit and function are identified with unique FRU part numbers Lenovo plans to transition to RoHS compliance well before the implementation date and expects its suppliers to be ready to support Lenovo s requirements and schedule in the EU Products sold in 2005 will contain some RoHS compliant FRUs The following statement pertains to these products and any product Lenovo produces containing RoHS compliant parts Chapter 1 About this manual 7 RoHS compliant ThinkServer RS210 parts have unique FRU part numbers Before or after June 2006 failed RoHS compliant parts must always be replaced using RoHS compliant FRUs so only the FRUs identified as compliant in the system Hardware Maintenance Manual or direct substitutions for those FRUs can be used Products marketed before June 2006 Products marketed after June 2006 Current or original part Replacement FRU Current or original part Replacement FRU Non RoHS Can be Non RoHS Non RoHS Can be RoHS Non RoHS Can sub to RoHS RoHS Must be RoHS Must be RoHS Must be RoHS Note A direct substitution is a part with a different FRU part number that is automatically shipped by the distribution center at the time of order Turkish statement of compliance The Lenovo product meets the requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipme
153. bezel into the front of the chassis and pivot the bezel until it snaps into place Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the server cover before you turn on the server Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle The DIMM air baffle must be removed to allow access to some of the server components To remove and install the DIMM air baffle complete the following procedures Removing the DIMM air baffle To remove the DIMM air baffle complete the following steps information in Important Safety Information on page 1jand l Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see l Removing and installing the cover on page 119 119 4 Lift the DIMM air baffle up and out of the server Attention For proper cooling and airflow reinstall the DIMM air baffle before you turn on the server Operating the server with the air baffle removed might damage server components Installing the DIMM air baffle To install the DIMM air baffle complete the following steps 1 Align the DIMM air baffle J as shown above 2 Lower the DIMM air baffle into position until it clicks into place Attention For proper cooling and airflow the air baffle must be installed before turning on the server Operating the server with an air baffle removed might damage
154. blems Chapter 4 Diagnostics Diagnostic tools Event logs Viewing event logs through the Setup utility I Viewing event logs without restarting the server Clearing the event logs POST i POST error codes System event log s i Integrated management module error messages Troubleshooting tables EasyStartup problems DVD drive problems General problems Hard disk drive problems Hypervisor problems Intermittent problems Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems Memory problems Microprocessor problems Monitor problems Optional device problems Power problems Serial device problems Software problems Universal Serial Bus sia port problems Video problems Error LEDs Power supply LEDs System pulse LEDs Diagnostic programs and messages Running the diagnostic programs Diagnostic text messages Viewing the test log Diagnostic messages Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 Recovering the server firmware Automated boot recovery ABR Three boot failure oh Solving power problems Solving Ethernet controller problems Solving undetermined problems Problem determination tips Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors Front view Rear view System board internal connectors System board external connectors System board optional device connectors System board switches and jumpers System board LEDs Server power features Turning on the server Turning off the server
155. bles Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly see Replacing the PCI riser card assembly on page 157 Remove the PCI card from the riser card assembly if one is installed see lRemoving a PCI card on page 130 oa ron 168 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Disconnect the riser card power cable from the PCI X riser card If you are instructed to return the PCI X riser card power cable follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the PCI X riser card power cable To install the replacement PCI X riser card power cable complete the following steps 1 2 3 4 Connect the riser card power cable to the PCI X riser card assembly Install the adapter in the riser card assembly see Installing a PCI card on page 132 Install the riser card assembly see l Installing the riser card assembly on page 158 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID The Universal Unique Identifier UUID must be updated when the system board is replaced Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the UUID in the UEFI based server The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating s
156. button to start the server If the LED does not begin flashing within 30 seconds of when the server is connected to power complete the following steps 1 Trained service technician only Rerecover the firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 100 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 66 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Component LED Description Action PCI slots error LEDs An error has occurred on a PCI bus 14 Check the system event log for information about or on the system board An the error additional LED is lit next to a failing PCI slot 2 If you cannot isolate the failing adapter through the LEDs and the information in the system event log remove one adapter at a time and restart the server after each adapter is removed 3 If the failure remains go to http wevwlenove com suppor for additional troubleshooting inf
157. ccumulators Customer participation is important to minimize Appendix Notices 225 any potential effects of batteries and accumulators on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances For proper collection and treatment go to http www lenovo com lenovo environment For California Perchlorate material special handling may apply See http vvvvvv dtsc ca gov hazardousvvaste perchlorate The foregoing notice is provided in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 22 Division 4 5 Chapter 33 Best Management Practices for Perchlorate Materials This product part may include a lithium manganese dioxide battery which contains a perchlorate substance German Ordinance for Work gloss statement The product is not suitable for use with visual display work place devices according to clause 2 of the German Ordinance for Work with Visual Display Units Das Produkt ist nicht f r den Einsatz an Bildschirmarbeitspl tzen im Sinne 2 der Bildschirmarbeitsverordnung geeignet Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission FCC statement Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can
158. ce provider for assistance with additional problem determination and possible hardware replacement Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data Undocumented problems If you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains the problem might not have been previously identified by Lenovo After you have verified that all code is at the latest level all hardware and software configurations are valid and no LEDs or log entries indicate a hardware component failure contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for assistance Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data and the problem determination procedures that you have used 18 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 4 Diagnostics This chapter describes the diagnostic tools that are available to help you solve problems that might occur in the server Diagnostic tools The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware related problems e POST error messages and error logs The power on self test POST generates messages to indicate successful test completion or the detection of a problem See POST on page 21 and POST error codes on page 21 for more information Troubleshooting tables These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems See Troubleshooting tables on page 50
159. ceed because of the server configuration Additional information concerning test failures is available in the extended diagnostic results for each test Viewing the test log To view the test log when the tests are completed type the view command in the DSA interactive menu or select Diagnostic Event Log in the graphical user interface To transfer DSA Preboot collections to an external USB device type the copy command in the DSA interactive menu Chapter 4 Diagnostics 69 Diagnostic messages The following table describes the messages that the diagnostic programs might generate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the column Table 5 DSA Preboot messages Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test S
160. cerning batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used batteries and accumulators as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various batteries to indicate that the battery is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive Les batteries ou emballages pour batteries sont tiquet s conform ment aux directives europ ennes 2006 66 EC norme relative aux batteries et accumulateurs en usage et aux batteries et accumulateurs us s Les directives d terminent la marche suivre en vigueue dans l Union Europ enne pour le retour et le recyclage des batteries et accumulateurs us s Cette tiquette est appliqu e sur diverses batteries pour indiquer que la batterie ne doit pas amp tre mise au rebut mais plut t r cup r e en fin de cycle de vie selon cette norme In accordance vvith the European Directive 2006 66 EC batteries and accumulators are labeled to indicate that they are to be collected separately and recycled at end of life The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal concerned in the battery Pb for lead Hg for mercury and Cd for cadmium Users of batteries and accumulators must not dispose of batteries and accumulators as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and treatment of batteries and a
161. ction If you identify an unsafe condition you must determine how serious the hazard is and whether you must correct the problem before you work on the product Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present Electrical hazards especially primary power Primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal electrical shock Explosive hazards such as a damaged CRT face or a bulging capacitor Mechanical hazards such as loose or missing hardware To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions complete the following steps 1 Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected 2 Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged loose or broken and observe any sharp edges 3 Check the power cord Make sure that the third wire ground connector is in good condition Use a meter to measure third wire ground continuity for 0 1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and the frame ground Make sure that the power cord is the correct type Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn 4 Remove the cover 5 Check for any obvious non Lenovo alterations Use good judgment as to the safety of any non Lenovo alterations 6 Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions such as metal filings contamination water or other liquid or signs of fire or smoke damage 7 Check for worn frayed or pinched cables 8 Make sure that the power suppl
162. ctions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A newly installed hard disk 1 Observe the associated amber hard disk drive status LED If the LED is lit it drive is not recognized indicates a drive fault 2 If the LED is lit remove the drive from the bay wait 45 seconds and reinsert the drive making sure that the drive assembly connects to the hard disk drive backplane 3 Observe the associated green hard disk drive activity LED and the amber status LED If the green activity LED is flashing and the amber status LED is not lit the drive is recognized by the controller and is working correctly Run the DSA hard disk drive test to determine whether the drive is detected If the green activity LED is flashing and the amber status LED is flashing slowly the drive is recognized by the controller and is rebuilding If neither L
163. d Do not use both UDIMMs and RDIMMs in the same server Using ECC and non ECC UDIMMss in the server will cause the server to run in non ECC mode The UDIMM options that are available for the server are 1 GB 2 GB and 4 GB when available DIMMs You can install a maximum of 16 GB of memory in some server models when you use UDIMMs The server supports up to two single rank or dual rank UDIMMs per channel DIMM slots 3 and 6 are not supported when you install UDIMMs in the server Do not install DIMMs in these connectors The following table lists the supported UDIMM population Table 8 Supported UDIMM population per channel DIMM connectors DIMMs installed in Ranks per DIMM per channel each channel DIMM type DIMM speed any combination 2 1 Unbuffered DDR3 1066 1333 Single rank ECC dual rank 2 2 Unbuffered DDR3 1066 1333 Single rank ECC dual rank The following table lists the maximum DIMM population using ranked UDIMMs Table 9 Maximum memory population using ranked UDIMMs depending on your model Number of UDIMMs DIMM type Size Total memory Single rank UDIMMs 1 GB 4 GB 4 Single rank UDIMMs 2 GB 8 GB 4 Dual rank UDIMMs 2 GB 8 GB 4 Dual rank UDIMMs 4 GB when available 16 GB The following table shows the UDIMM memory population rule to optimize the system performance Table 10 UDIMM population rule for dual channel symmetric mode DIM
164. d to critical from a less severe state Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state 1 Check the hard disk drive LEDs 2 Reseat the hard disk drive for which the status LED is lit 3 Replace the defective hard disk drive The Drive n Status has been removed from unit Drive 0 Status n hard disk drive number Error A drive has been removed Reseat hard disk drive n n hard disk drive number The Drive n Status has been disabled due to a detected fault n hard disk drive number Error A drive has been disabled because of a fault 1 Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n 2 Reseat the following components a Hard disk drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Hard disk drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane c Hard disk drive backplane n hard disk drive number Chapter 4 Diagnostics 37 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician
165. d 109 PCI Express 109 PCI X 110 slots PCI expansion 11 software problems 64 standby 112 standby mode 113 start here troubleshooting procedures 15 starting Setup Utility 200 the backup firmware 213 status LEDs 105 switches and jumpers on the system board 111 system board error LEDs 65 installing 145 LEDs 112 removing 144 replacing 144 switches and jumpers 111 system board external connectors 108 system board internal connectors 107 system board optional devices connectors 109 system event log 29 system pulse LEDs 67 System board error LED 66 system event log 20 systems management 9 T temperature 12 test log viewing 69 thermal grease 143 Index 233 three boot failure 102 TOE 11 tools diagnostic 19 trademarks 222 troubleshooting procedures 18 start here 15 turning off the server 113 integrated baseboard management controller 114 turning on the server 113 T V gloss statement 226 U UEFI 200 boot recovery jumper 100 undetermined problems 103 undocumented problems 18 United States electronic emission Class A notice 226 United States FCC Class A notice 226 Universal Serial Bus USB problems 65 Universal Unique Identifier UUID updating 169 unknown password bypassing 203 updating DMI SMBIOS data 171 server firmware 141 the server configuration 175 Universal Unique Identifier UUID 169 updating firmware 212 user password 203 See power on password using EasyStartup 209 LSI Configuration progra
166. d 2 on the system board e For high efficient power supply with advanced energy manage connect the power cables to power connectors 1 2 3 and 4 on the system board 6 Route the internal power supply cables securing them with the retention clips 7 Test the power supply a Connect one end of the ac power cord for the new power supply into the connector on the back of the power supply and connect the other end of the power cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet b Make sure that the standby power LED on the system board is lit see System board LEDs on page 112 if the standby power LED is not lit discontinue this procedure and obtain a new power supply c Press the power control button Make sure that the power on LED on the front of the server is lit If the server starts proceed to step 8 If the server does not start disconnect the ac power cord and call for service 8 Turn off the server and disconnect the ac power cord 148 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 9 Connect the cables from the power supply to the internal devices 10 Install the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 11 Install the cover see l Removing and installing the cover on page 119 12 Slide the server into the rack 13 Reconnect the ac power cord into the connector on the back of the power supply 14 Reconnect al
167. d service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A cover lock is broken an LED If the part is a CRU replace it If the part is a FRU the part must be replaced by a is not working or a similar trained service technician problem has occurred Hard disk drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A hard disk drive has failed Replace the failed hard disk drive seel Replacing hard disk drives on page 126 and the associated amber hard disk drive status LED is lit 52 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested a
168. drive cabling at both ends for loose or e Self Test broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged Messages and actions apply to all 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to three tests http www lenovo com support 6 Run the test again 4 Run the test again 7 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 8 Run the test again 9 Replace the DVD drive 10 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 215 802 xxx DVD Drive Verify Aborted The media tray 4 Close the media tray and wait 15 seconds i is open Media P 2 Run the test again Installed 3 Insert anew CD DVD into the drive and wait Read for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized Write Test 4 Run the test again e Self Test 5 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or Messages broken connections or damage to the cable and actions Replace the cable if it is damaged apply to all 6 Run the test again three tests 7 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 8 Run the test again 9 For additional troubleshooting informat
169. dware Maintenance Manual Table 23 System board jumpers continued Jumper number Jumper name Jumper setting Notes 1 If no jumper is present the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2 2 Changing the position of the UEFI boot recovery jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 before the server is turned on alters which flash ROM page is loaded Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on This can cause an unpredictable problem Using the Boot Manager program The Boot Manager program is a built in menu driven configuration utility program that you can use to temporarily redefine the first startup device without changing settings in the Setup Utility To use the Boot Manager program do the following 1 Turn off the server 2 Restart the server 3 When the prompt lt F12 gt Select Boot Device is displayed press F12 If a bootable USB mass storage device is installed a submenu item USB Key Disk is displayed 4 Use the Up arrow and Down arrow keys to select an item from the Boot Selection Menu and press Enter The server attempts to boot from the selected device The next time the server starts it returns to the startup sequence that is set in the Setup Utility Configuring RAID controllers The following table lists the various utilities available to configure RAID controllers before an operating system is installed Table 24 RAID configuration u
170. e Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor n Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number The Processor CPU nStatus has a Configuration Mismatch n microprocessor number Error A processor configuration mismatch has occurred 1 Trained service technician only Replace the microprocessor An SM BIOS Uncorrectable CPU complex error for Processor CPU nStatus has asserted n microprocessor number Error An SMBIOS uncorrectable CPU complex error has asserted Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor n Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number 32 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU
171. e Error A PCI SERR has occurred Sensor PCI Slot n n PCI slot number 5 6 Check the extender card LEDs Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove the adapter from slot n Replace the PCIe adapter Replace extender card n n PCI slot number A PCI PERR has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A PCI PERR has occurred Sensor One of PCI Err 1 No or B Chech the extender card LEDs Reseat the affected adapters and riser card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCIe adapter Replace the extender card Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 41 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved
172. e for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 73 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 804 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM IC test 1 stopped invalid command Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD
173. e on page 1 or the instructions to perform the checkout procedures If the problem is associated with a specific function for example if a RAID hard disk drive is marked offline in the RAID array see the documentation for the associated controller and management or controlling software to verify that the controller is correctly configured Problem determination information is available for many devices such as RAID and network adapters For problems with operating systems or Lenovo software or devices complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document a Go to b From the Select your product list select Servers and Storage c In the Browse by product window Family list select ThinkServer RS210 d Click Downloads and drivers e Click User s guides and manuals to look for related documentation c Check for service bulletins Chapter 3 General Checkout 17 Lenovo service bulletins document known problems and suggested solutions To search for service bulletins complete the following steps 1 Go to http www lenovo com support 2 From the Select your product list select Servers and Storage 3 In the Browse by product window Family list select ThinkServer RS210 4 Click Downloads and drivers to look for service information Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actu
174. e that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory In addition to the application executable asu or asu64 the following files are required For Windows based operating systems ibm_rndis_server_os inf device cat For Linux based operating systems cdc_interface sh Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 171 4 After you install ASU Type the following commands to set the DMI asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt access method asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt access method asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt access method Where lt m t_model gt The server machine type and model number Type mtm xxxxyy where xxxx is the machine type and yyy is the server model number lt s n gt The serial number on the server Type sn zzzzzzz where zzzzzzz is the serial number lt asset_method gt The server asset tag number Type asset aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa where aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa is the asset tag number access_method The access method that you select to use from the following methods Online authenticated LAN access type the command host lt imm_internal_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_internal_ip The IMM internal LAN USB IP address The default value is 169 254 95 118 imm user id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_pas
175. e DVD drive Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs Reseat the following components a DVD drive b DVD drive cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DVD drive b DVD drive interface board cable c DVD interface board d Trained service technician only System board A CD or DVD is not working correctly Ponn Clean the CD or DVD Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs Check the connector and signal cable for bent pins or damage Reseat the following components a DVD drive b DVD drive cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DVD drive b DVD drive cable The DVD drive tray is not working Make sure that the server is turned on Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray release opening Reseat the DVD drive Replace the DVD drive Chapter 4 Diagnostics 51 General problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Traine
176. e IMM 48 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Security Userid 901 had 2 login failures from an SSH client at IP address 203 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessiveLoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address xxx xxx xxx xxx Error A user has exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts from SSH and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used 2 Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Chapter 4 Diagnostics 49 Troubleshooting tables Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have identifiable symptoms If you have just added new software or a new optional device and the server is not working do the following before using the troubleshooting tables UE 2 3 4 Check t
177. e at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Error code Description Action 0010002 Microprocessor not supported 1 Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor and restart the server Trained service technician only Remove the microprocessor and install a new microprocessor Restart the server If the error is corrected the old microprocessor is bad and must be replaced Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board 0011000 Invalid microprocessor type Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 212 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing the microprocessor on page 141 0011004 Microprocessor failed BIST Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 212 Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only
178. e backplane to the ServeRAID controller connector H 11 Replace the riser card assembly see l Installing the riser card assembly on page 158 Note When you restart the server you are prompted to import the existing RAID configuration to the new ServeRAID controller 12 Go toFCompleting the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing the DVD drive cable To replace the optical drive cable complete the following procedures Removing the DVD drive cable To remove the DVD drive cable complete the following steps T Rend he safety normalen import Safety Informationen page ad Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 11 Remove the riser card assembly see Replacing the PCI riser card assembly on page 157 Remove the DVD drive see Replacing a DVD drive on page 164 From the front of the server press the cable connector latch and slide the DVD drive cable to the unlock position then slide the cable connector to the right and pull the cable out from the connector an Pp e s 162 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 7 Remove the cable from the DVD drive cage connector 8 Disconnect the DVD drive power cable from the power supply cable 9 If you are instructed to return the DVD drive cable follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materi
179. e backup server firmware The system board contains a backup copy area for the server firmware This is a secondary copy of the server firmware that you update only during the process of updating the server firmware If the primary copy of the server firmware becomes damaged use this backup copy To force the server to start from the backup copy turn off the server then place the JP6 jumper in the backup position pins 2 and 3 Use the backup copy of the server firmware until the primary copy is restored After the primary copy is restored turn off the server then move the JP6 jumper back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Recovering the UEFI firmware If the UEFI firmware has become damaged such as from a power failure during an update you can recover the UEFI firmware using the boot block jumper and a UEFI recovery diskette The system board contains a backup copy area for the server firmware This is a secondary copy of the server firmware that you update only during the process of updating the server firmware If the primary copy of the server firmware becomes damaged use this backup copy Chapter 8 Configuring the server 213 To force the server to start from the backup copy turn off the server then place jumper JP6 in the backup position pins 2 and 3 Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page
180. e connector on the system board until it is firmly seated The retention bracket secures the ServeRAID controller in place when the controller is firmly seated into the connector on the system board Attention Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the server or the controller Route the signal cables from the drive backplane through the fan cage hole between fans 1 and 2 as shown in the following illustration Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 161 a 5 zj 7 7S Al Oal af N z t E 10 Connect the signal cable that is attached to the driv
181. e is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Make sure that the installed DIMMs are supported and configured correctly Trained service technician only Replace the system board 36 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor Sys Board Fault has transitioned to critical from a less severe state Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state 1 Check the system event log 2 Check for an error LED on the system board 3 Replace any failing device 4 Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 5 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Sensor RAID Error has transitione
182. e pcrecycle Efe MACK RECRASEBRORENYVAYOA A FICES HMB E16 532003 10 B1 BR RUA PLE Le HMlCOWUTIS UFO URL IE P P BPRLT GC EE Lo http www ibm com jp pc service recycle personal ESBERTSGCREEMDERNLEEICOLNT ARNDT FERFIIMEDERE TEE DIERE AN CU AS A iS GMT fe Lid ARSERILEZF DENN HT ZIVIED WTI KEITERLT EEL 224 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual J FI LEHZARORRUEITONT RBCs BIVHDUFILEHHUIATL gt R FEIN YIIHFSENTL EF COBMARRI SEI GR EHUTCRELTCARG CEIC SALE HD BORRECGD RUHOBEEH ERZIRIB lt STEEN B GERD SIG EN Te BENTURA RETARA EI IN FTR ETARE LT GE VEURE CER CEIC SEUS DEL CREC D SLIIEEFRERMUEE EEE ORC EE FERRER ED 5S RES UE L TARIE BERZRRR I SEES MABRAORH MAC o TER T STEEL Battery return program This product may contain a lithium or lithium ion battery Consult your user manual or service manual for specific battery information The battery must be recycled or disposed of properly Recycling facilities may not be available in your area For information on disposal or batteries outside the United States go to http www lenovo com lenovo environment or contact your local waste disposal facility For Taiwan Please recycle batteries KERN For the European Union Notice This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU Batteries or packaging for batteries are labeled in accordance with European Directive 2006 66 EC con
183. e sure that does not work a i i The mouse or pointing device cable is securely connected to the server e The mouse or pointing device device drivers are installed correctly e The server and the monitor are turned on e The mouse option is enabled in the Setup utility 2 If you are using a USB mouse or pointing device and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the mouse or pointing device from the hub and connect it directly to the server 3 Move the mouse or pointing device cable to another USB connector 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Mouse or pointing device b Trained service technician only System board 56 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Memory problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device driv
184. e the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 904 xxx BroadCom Ethernet Device Test Interrupt Failed Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 3 Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA event log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utlity fon page 200 to assign a unique interrupt to the device Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 98 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the o
185. eck for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 808 xxx IMM IMM IC Test Aborted IMM I2C test 1 stopped reservation canceled or invalid reservation ID Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 809 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM IC test 1 stopped request data was truncated Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the lates
186. ect it directly to the server Video problems See Monitor problems on page 59 Error LEDs The illustration shows the system board LEDs The system board has error LEDs that will help to locate the source of the error Run the diagnostic programs to find out the cause of the error ee Greg diagnostic programs on page 69 New graphic to be added in the next draft The server is designed so that LEDs remain lit when the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on provided that the power supply is operating correctly This feature helps you to isolate the problem when the operating system is shut down Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board Many errors are first indicated by a lit system error LED on the control panel assembly of the server If this LED is lit one or more LEDs elsewhere in the server might also be lit and can direct you to the source of the error Before you work inside the server to view the LEDs read the safety information that begins on pagelll If an error occurs view the server LEDs in the following order 1 Chech the control panel assembly on the front of the server
187. ect this choice to view or change the server component settings Processors Select this choice to view or change the processor settings Memory Select this choice to view or change the memory settings 200 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Devices and I O Ports Select this choice to view or change assignments for devices and input output 1 O ports You can configure the serial ports configure remote console redirection enable or disable integrated Ethernet controllers the SAS SATA controller SATA DVD drive channels and PCI slots and view the system Ethernet MAC addresses If you disable a device it cannot be configured and the operating system will not be able to detect it this is equivalent to disconnecting the device Power Select this choice to view or change power capping to control consumption processors and performance states Legacy Support Select this choice to view or set legacy support Force Legacy Video on Boot Select this choice to force INT video support if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards Rehook INT Select this choice to enable or disable devices from taking control of the boot process The default is Disable Legacy Thunk Support Select this choice to enable or disable UEFI to interact with PCI mass storage devices that are non UEFI compliant Integrated Management Module Se
188. ed metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface 5 Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set any jumpers or switches Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 165 6 Attach the drive retention clip that you removed from the failing drive to the side of the new DVD drive Note If you are installing a drive that contains a laser observe the following safety precaution Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD ROMs DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure A DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the following Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Klasse 1 Laser Klass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 7 Slide the drive into the DVD drive bay until the drive clicks into place 8 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 166 ThinkServer ThinkSer
189. ed position when the DIMM is firmly seated in the connector Note If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips the DIMM has not been correctly inserted open the retaining clips remove the DIMM and then reinsert it 10 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing hard disk drives Locate the documentation that comes with the hard disk drive and first follow those instructions Determine if you are working with a simple swap or a hot swap hard disk drive To replace a hard disk drive complete the appropriate procedures for your drive Attention To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive Note If a RAID controller or PCI card is installed you might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you install or remove hard disk drives See the documentation that comes with the PCI card for more information Removing a simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drive Attention Simple swap hard disk drives are not hot swappable Disconnect all power from the server before you remove or install a simple swap hard disk drive To remove a simple swap SATA drive from the bay complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 126 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6
190. els CTO 4 Power supply 351W LE PSU models CTO 11U 11F 115 49Y4663 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 4 Power supply 351W HE PSU models CTO 49Y4664 5 SAS HS BACKPLANE 3 5 models CTO All Models 46C6756 6 SAS Backplane 2 5 models CTO All Models 46C6757 7 3 5 DASD CAGE models CTO All Models 59Y3226 9 SATA Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4343 10 SAS Filler 3 5 models CTO All Models 39M4375 11 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45 9642 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 11 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45 9644 Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 179 Table 15 Parts listing Types 6531 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 11 Hard disk drive 146GB 15R 3 5 Hot Swap SAS models 45J9658 CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 11 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Hot Swap SATA II 45 9646 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11 11 Hard disk drive IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 HS HDD 45 9648 models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11 11 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46U2120 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 11 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2 5 SFF Slim HS HDD 46102124 models CTO 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G
191. en the contacts and the socket 140 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 9 Remove the microprocessor a Carefully lift the microprocessor straight up and out of the socket without touching the microprocessor contacts b Place the microprocessor on a static protective surface 10 If you are instructed to return the microprocessor follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the microprocessor The following notes describe the type of microprocessor that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a microprocessor and heat sink If you have to replace a microprocessor call for service Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor so that you can determine whether you have to update the server firmware To download the latest level of server firmware and other code updates for your server go to http www lenovo com support The microprocessor speeds are automatically set for this server therefore you do not have to set any microprocessor frequency selection jumpers or switches If the thermal grease protective cover for example a plastic cap or tape liner is removed from the heat sink do not touch the thermal grease on the bottom of the heat sink or set down the heat sink For more information about applying or working with thermal grease
192. enever you install or remove a hard disk drive 1 Move the handle on the drive to the open position perpendicular to the drive 2 Slide the release latch gray on 3 5 inch hard drives and orange on 2 5 inch hard drives gently to the left to unlock the drive handle 128 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 3 Grasp the handle and pull the hot swap drive assembly H out of the drive bay Installing a hot swap hard disk drive To install a hot swap hard disk drive complete the following steps Note If your server has only one hot swap hard disk drive install it in the left or upper left drive bay Attention To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Make sure that the server cover is in place and fully closed Attention To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or filler panel installed in each bay 3 Remove the filler panel from the empty drive bay if necessary 4 Touch the static protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the drive from the static protective package and place it o
193. enovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 807 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled 4 Turn off and restart the system the memory controler 2 Run the test again buffer free 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest request failed level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 808 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled 4 Turn off and restart the system memory i controller 2 Run the test again display alter 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest buffer execute level The installed firmware level is shown in the error DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 809 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled 1 Turn off and restart the system program err
194. eplacing hard disk drives on page 126 Remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Attention To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the cover removed Remove the hard disk drive backplane or back plate 2 5 inch drive models Remove the hard disk drive backplane from the cage See SAS SATA hard disk drive back plate or backplane on page 154 for instructions 3 5 inch drive models Remove the hard disk drive backplane or back plate from the cage See Replacing the SAS SATA hard disk drive back plate or backplane on page 154 for instructions Remove the screws that hold the drive cage in place Slide the drive cage forward and remove it from the server If you are instructed to return the drive cage follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 137 Installing the drive cage The following illustration shows installing a simple swap 3 5 inch drive cage The following illustration shows installing a hot swap 2 5 inch drive cage 138 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual To install a drive cage complete the following steps 1 Make sure that the backplane or back plate is removed from the drive cage backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives on page 154 or drive
195. equate measures 226 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual United Kingdom telecommunications safety requirement Notice to Customers This apparatus is approved under approval number NS G 1234 J 100003 for indirect connection to public telecommunication systems in the United Kingdom European Union EMC Directive conformance statement ce This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2004 108 EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non recommended modification of the product including the fitting of non Lenovo option cards This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A Information Technology Equipment according to CISPR 22 European Standard EN 55022 The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed communication equipment Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Germany Class A compliance statement Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis Hinweis f r Ger te der Klasse A EU Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen Vertr glichkeit
196. equires that the IPMI driver be installed Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default ASU provides the corresponding mapping layer See the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide for more details You can access the ASU Users Guide from the Lenovo support Web site a Go tolhttp www lenovo com support b Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list c From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue d Click Downloads and drivers 170 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual e Click User s guides and manuals to link to the ASU Users Guide Remote LAN access type the command Note When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM using the LAN from a client the host and the imm_external_ip address are required parameters host lt imm_external_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_external_ip The external IMM LAN IP address There is no default value This parameter is required imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O The following commands are examples of using the user ID and password default values and not using the default values Example that does not use the use
197. er in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 405 901 xxx BroadCom Ethernet Device Test Control Registers Failed 1 2 Run the test again Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 901 xxx BroadCom Ethernet De
198. erating system error Occurred 1 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog has occurred and the screen capture was successful 1 Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value 2 Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled 3 Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system 46 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Watchdog 1 Failed to Capture Screen 1 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog Error An operating system error has occurred and the screen capture failed Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value 2 Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled 3 Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed o
199. ers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The amount of system memory that is displayed is less than the amount of installed physical memory 1 Make sure that e No error LEDs are lit on the operator information panel e The memory modules are seated correctly e You have installed the correct type of memory e All banks of memory are enabled The server might have automatically disabled a memory bank when it detected a problem 2 Check the POST error log e If a DIMM was disabled by a systems management interrupt SMI replace the DIMM 3 Run memory diagnostics see Diagnostic tools on page 19 4 Make sure that there is no memory mismatch when the server is at the minimum memory configuration 5 Add one pair of DIMMs at a time making sure that the DIMMs in each pair match 6 Reseat the DIMM 7 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only Replace the system board Multiple rows of DIMMs in a 1 Reseat the DIMMs then restart the server branch are identified as failing 2 Replace the failing DIMM Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 57 Microprocessor problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 7 Parts li
200. es contaminated contact your service technician a Make sure that the thermal material is still on the bottom of the heat sink then align the heat sink so that the arrows on the label point toward the DIMMs and place the heat sink on top of the microprocessor thermal material side down b Align the screw holes on the heat sink with the holes on the system board Following is an illustration of the heat sink orientation Heatsink Orientation 1 EH EA Ei c Tighten the screws with a screwdriver alternating among the screws until they are tight If possible each screw should be rotated two full rotations at a time Repeat until the screws are tight Do not overtighten the screws by using excessive force 142 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 6 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Thermal grease The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removed from the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is found in the grease When you are installing the heat sink on the same microprocessor that is was removed from make sure that the following requirements are met The thermal grease on the heat sink and microprocessor is not contaminated e Additional thermal grease is not added to the existing thermal grease on the
201. escription Action 201 810 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test stopped 1 Turn off and restart the system unknown error code GO Run the test again received in 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level COMMONEXIT For the latest level of DSA code go to procedure http www lenovo com support 4 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 901 xxx Memory Memory Test Failed Test failure 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the single bit error failing DIMM Z power source 2 Reseat DIMM z Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the failing DIMMs Re enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup Utility on
202. ess It also facilitates the installation of DVD burning software and ThinkServer EasyManage software products Install Windows components This task enables you to install optional Windows components such as IIS ASP NET and SNMP Confirm settings This task enables you to review all of the information you provided Save response file This task gives you the option of saving the information on a diskette or USB device as a response file for future installations on similarly configured Lenovo servers Start installation This task starts the actual installation process First the disk is prepared using the disk and partition information you specified Then you are prompted to insert the operating system disk and the operating system is installed using the information that you specified Installing your operating system without using EasyStartup If you have already configured the server hardware and you are not using the EasyStartup program to install your operating system do the following to download the latest operating system installation instructions from the Lenovo Support Web site Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go tolhttp www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 From Family list select Thin
203. ether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI or a non ACPI operating system If you are using a non ACPI operating system complete the following steps a Press Ctrl Alt Delete b Turn off the server by pressing the power control button and hold it down for 5 seconds c Restart the server d If the server fails POST and the power control button does not work disconnect the ac power cord for 20 seconds then reconnect the ac power cord and restart the server 2 If the problem remains or if you are using an ACPI aware operating system suspect the system board The server unexpectedly shuts down and the LEDs on the operator information panel are not lit Seel Solving undetermined problems on page 103 Serial device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information
204. evel is shown in the was not DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for completed this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 806 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled 4 Turn off and restart the system the memory controller fast Run the test again scrub operation 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest was not level The installed firmware level is shown in the completed DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 89 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the L
205. firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the failing DIMMs 8 Re enable all memory in the Setup utility see 9 Run the test again 10 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 202 801 xxx Memory Memory Aborted Internal 1 Turn off and restart the system Stress Test program error 2 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 4 Run the test again 5 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 6 Run the memory diagnostics to identify the specific failing DIMM 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com suppott 92 _ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column un
206. fle on page 121 5 Disconnect the power supply cables from the connectors on the system board and from all devices then disengage the cables from any retention clips that secure them to the side of the power supply Note Note the routing of all power supply cables you will route the power supply cables the same way when you install the power supply 6 Remove the screw H that holds the power supply J to the rear of the chassis Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 147 7 Loosen the captive thumbscrew that secures the power supply to the chassis bottom Lift the power supply out of the bay 9 If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the power supply To install the replacement power supply complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information in and 2 Place the new power supply into the chassis 3 Tighten the captive thumbscrew that secures the power supply to the chassis bottom 4 Replace the screw that holds the power supply to the rear of the chassis 5 Connect the internal power supply cables from the power supply to the power connectors on the system board See l System board internal connectors on page 107Jfor the locations of the power connectors on the system board e For power supply without advanced energy management connect the power cables to power connectors 1 an
207. gain 089 802 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Aborted System resource availability error 1 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor 2 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo support Web site atlhttp www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Chapter 4 Diagnostics 71 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 089 901 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Failed
208. he ThinkServer EasyManage CD or you can download and install the program from http www lenovo com support After one instance of the ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server has been installed you can use the ThinkServer EasyManage Agent installer to install the agent on other servers and clients on the network Also the ThinkServer EasyStartup program provides an option to either install the ThinkServer EasyManage Agent as part of the operating system installation process or install a desktop icon to assist with the installation of the ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server after the operating system has been installed Installation requirements Before installing ThinkServer EasyManage software on your server your environment must meet the following requirements e Microsoft Windows Server 2008 is installed on the server where you intend to install the Core Server The original Windows Server operating system installation CDs are available in case files are needed while installing the prerequisites The server has Internet access to obtain prerequisites and to activate the software after the installation is complete The server has a static IP address The server is not a domain controller However it is recommended to have the server join a domain The account that you use to log in and to install the Core Server has Administrator privileges on the server with full read write access Ideally this account is also a Domain
209. he failing fan n fan number 30 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The Processor CPU nStatus has Failed with IERR n microprocessor number Error A processor failed IERR condition has occurred 1 Make sure that the latest levels of firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and standard devices such as Ethernet SCSI and SAS Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 2 Run the DSA program for the hard disk drives and other I O devices 3 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number An Over Temperature Condition has been detected on the Processor CPU nStatus n microprocessor number
210. he order shown restarting the server each time a Each adapter b Trained service technician only System board Recover the server firmware to the latest level 2 Undo any recent configuration changes or clear CMOS memory to restore the settings to the default values see Table 6 on page 111 3 Remove any recently installed hardware Chapter 4 Diagnostics 25 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Error code Description Action 3038003 Firmware corrupted 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings to recover the server firmware 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3048005 Booted secondary backup UEFI image Information message that the backup UEFI settings are used 3048006 Booted secondary backup UEFI image 1
211. he system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you proceed To remove the system board complete the following steps Read the safety information in l Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and any attached devices 3 Turn off the peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords then remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Note When you replace the system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you proceed 4 Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 157 5 Remove the IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller if one is installed see Removing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller on page 159 6 Remove the DIMM air baffle seel Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 7 Remove the heat sink and microprocessor and set them aside on a static protective surface for reinstallation see Removing the microprocessor on page 140
212. he system error LED on the operator information panel to see if it is lit Remove the software or device that you just added Run the diagnostic tests to determine whether the server is running correctly Reinstall the new software or new device EasyStartup problems Table 3 EasyStartup DVD Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See IChapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The EasyStartup DVD e Make sure the server supports the EasyStartup program and has a startable bootable will not start DVD drive If the startup boot sequence settings have been changed make sure the DVD drive is first in the startup sequence If more than one DVD drive is installed make sure that only one drive is set as the primary drive Start the EasyStartup DVD from the primary DVD drive The operating system Make more space available on the hard disk installati
213. hown in the following illustration un FERRER So ES E we II Mu ES IE Es i il hi p PLL Le EE LE Tl AAAA 2 a Ka 5 o o oO o 5 o o o oo P y ca RH E LO i Es va FF FES ersten ESE Table 23 System board jumpers Jumper number Jumper name Jumper settin P P P 8 JP1 Clear CMOS jumper e Pins 1 and 2 Keep CMOS data default e Pins 2 and 3 Clear CMOS data including power on password and administrator password JP6 Boot block jumper H e Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default e Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page 204 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Har
214. iagnostics 67 Table 4 System pulse LEDs LED Description Action Enclosure manager heartbeat power on and power off sequencing 1 If the LED flashes at 1Hz it is functioning properly and no action is necessary 2 If the LED is not flashing trained service technician only replace the system board IMM heartbeat IMM heartbeat boot process The following steps describe the different stages of the IMM heartbeat sequencing process 1 When this LED is flashing fast approximately 4Hz the IMM code is in the loading process 2 When this LED goes off momentarily this indicates that the IMM code has loaded completely 3 When this LED goes off momentarily and then starts flashing slowing approximately 1Hz theIMM is fully operational You can now press the power control button to power on the server 4 If this LED does not flash within 30 seconds of connecting a power flash to the server complete the following steps a Trained service technician only Use the IMM recovery jumper to recover the firmware see Table 6 on page b Trained service technician only Replace the system board Diagnostic programs and messages The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server As you run the diagnostic programs text messages are displayed on the screen and are saved in the test log A diagnostic text message indicates that a prob
215. iew system information and identify the server You can also save one or more commands as a text file and run the file as a script Serial over LAN Establish a Serial over LAN SOL connection to manage servers from a remote location You can remotely view and change the UEFI settings restart the server identify the server and perform other management functions Any standard Telnet client application can access the SOL connection Chapter 8 Configuring the server 215 IBM Advanced Settings Utility program The IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU program is an alternative to the UEFI Setup Utility program for modifying UEFI settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the system to access the UEFI Setup Utility program You also can use the ASU program to configure the optional remote presence features or other IMM settings The remote presence features provide enhanced systems management capabilities In addition the ASU program provides limited settings for configuring the IPMI function in the IMM through the command line interface Use the command line interface to issue setup commands You can save any of the settings as a file and run the file as a script The ASU program supports scripting environments through a batch processing mode Installing ThinkServer EasyManage software You can install the ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server program from t
216. iguration forms for UEFI 2 1 and greater compliant add on network devices might be located here e Date and Time Select this choice to set the date and time in the server in 24 hour format hour minute second This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only Start Options Select this choice to view or change the start options including the startup sequence keyboard NumLock state PXE boot option and PCI device boot priority Changes in the startup options take effect when you start the server The startup sequence specifies the order in which the server checks devices to find a boot record The server starts from the first boot record that it finds For example you can define a startup sequence that checks for a disc in the DVD drive then checks the hard disk drive and then checks a network adapter This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only Boot Manager Select this choice to view add delete or change the device boot priority boot from a file select a one time boot or reset the boot order to the default setting If the server has Wake on LAN hardware and software and the operating system supports Wake on LAN functions you can specify a startup sequence for the Wake on LAN functions For example you can define a startup sequence that checks for a disc in the CD RW DVD drive then checks the hard disk drive and then checks a network adapter System Event Logs Select this choice to enter the System Even
217. in ID and password are is 1 from WEB browser at IP using an invalid login ID or being used address 2 password 2 H th a 1 user ID 2 IP address Br SYSE administrator reset the login XXX XXX XXX XXX 1D ot passyord Remote access attempt failed Invalid Error A user has attempted to log Make sure that the correct userid or password received Userid in from a Telnet session by login ID and password are is 01 from TELNET client at IP using an invalid login ID or being used address 2 password 2 H th A 1 user ID 2 IP address en administrator reset the login XXX XXX XXX XXX ID on password The Chassis Event Log CEL on Info A user has cleared the IMM No action information only system 1 cleared by user 2 event log 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 2 user ID IMM reset was initiated by user 1 Info A user has initiated a reset No action information only 1 user ID of the IMM Chapter 4 Diagnostics 45 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained ser
218. ined service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action If an optional embedded hypervisor flash device is not listed in the expected boot order does not appear in the list of boot devices or a similar problem has occurred 1 Make sure that the optional embedded hypervisor flash device is selected on the boot manager lt F12 gt Select Boot Device at startup Make sure that the embedded hypervisor flash device is seated in the connector correctly see Replacing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device See the documentation that comes with the optional embedded hypervisor flash device for setup and configuration information Make sure that other software works on the server 54 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Intermittent problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed on
219. ing serial device b Serial cable 3 Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Software problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action You suspect a software 1 To determine whether the problem is caused by the software make sure that problem The server has the minimum memory that is needed to use the software For memory requirements see the information that comes with the software If you have just installed an optional device or memory the server might have a memory address conflict e The software is designed to operate on the server Other software works on the server e The software works on another server 2 If you received any error messages
220. ing system This selection displays a series of choices and prompts to collect information required for installation prepares the hard disk for installation and then initiates the installation process using the user provided operating system installation CD or DVD About This selection displays version information and legal notices Configuring RAID The RAID configuration feature that is part of the EasyStartup program enables you to view and change RAID settings for supported RAID controllers Through this feature you have the ability to configure each installed controller The program automatically detects the number of discs currently attached to the controller determines the possible RAID configurations that can be configured and prompts you through the steps to configure one or more disc arrays with or without hot spare drives As you configure each controller you will be given the option to save the RAID configuration settings to a RAID response file which you can use on other similarly configured Lenovo servers This method satisfies most users needs Note The EasyStartup program provides limited support for the IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller You must use the LSI Configuration Utility to configure the disc array for this controller However after the disc arrays are configured you can use the EasyStartup program to install the operating system and associated device driver See oe for details Typical operating s
221. ion go to http www lenovo com support 10 Run the test again 11 Replace the DVD drive 12 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 94 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 215 803 xxx DVD Drive e Verify Failed The disc might 4 Wait for the system activity to stop Media be in use by h installed the system 2 Run the test again 3 Turn off and restart the system Read Write Test 4 Run the test again Self Test 5 Replace the DVD drive 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site Message
222. it dem Deutschen EMVG das EG Konformit tszeichen CE zu f hren Verantwortlich f r die Konformit tserkl rung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo Deutschland GmbH Gropiusplatz 10 D 70563 Stuttgart Appendix Notices 227 Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraf 4 Abs 1 4 Das Ger t erf llt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A Nach der EN 55022 Dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funkst rungen verursachen in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden angemessene Ma nahmen durchzuf hren und daf r aufzukommen Nach dem EMVG Ger te d rfen an Orten f r die sie nicht ausreichend entst rt sind nur mit besonderer Genehmigung des Bundesministers f r Post und Telekommunikation oder des Bundesamtes f r Post und Telekommunikation betrieben werden Die Genehmigung wird erteilt wenn keine elektromagnetischen St rungen zu erwarten sind Auszug aus dem EMVG Paragraph 3 Abs 4 Dieses Genehmigungsverfahren ist nach Paragraph 9 EMVG in Verbindung mit der entsprechenden Kostenverordnung Amtsblatt 14 93 kostenpflichtig Anmerkung Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handb chern angegeben zu installieren und zu betreiben Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI statement TORE FRUEKREFERBEB EHI HR VCCI ORE KEI lt SITAAHBRENKETT CORBtKERE TEN b CBR HERZIEEILTLERBSUET COMPICMSHAAPBIC
223. ite for documentation b Collect system data Run the Dynamic System Analysis DSA diagnostics program to collect information about the hardware firmware software and operating system Have this information available when you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider Seel Diagnostic programs and messages on page 68 for the instructions to run the DSA program If you need to download the latest version of DSA go to http www lenovo com support 3 Follow the problem resolution procedures 16 _ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual The four problem resolution procedures are presented in the order in which they are most likely to solve your problem Follow these procedures in the order in which they are presented a Check for and apply code updates Most problems that appear to be caused by faulty hardware are actually caused by the server firmware formerly BIOS firmware device firmware or device drivers that are not at the latest levels 1 Determine the existing code levels In DSA click Firmware VPD to view system firmware levels or click Software to view operating system levels 2 Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster
224. jumper is present the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2 2 Changing the position of the UEFI boot recovery jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 before the server is turned on alters which flash ROM page is loaded Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on This can cause an unpredictable problem 214 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Using the integrated management module The integrated management module IMM is a second generation of the functions that were formerly provided by the baseboard management controller hardware It combines service processor functions video controller and when an optional virtual media key is installed remote presence function in a single chip The IMM supports the following basic systems management features Environmental monitor with fan speed control for temperature voltages fan failure and power supply failure DIMM error assistance The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface UEFI disables a failing DIMM that is detected during POST and the IMM lights the associated system error LED and the failing DIMM error LED System event log SEL ROM based IMM firmware flash updates Auto Boot Failure Recovery ABR A virtual media key which enables remote presence support remote video remote keyboard mouse and remote storage Nonmaskable interrupt NMI detection and reporting
225. kServer RS210 and click Continue 4 Select the operating system that you want from the Operating system list and click Continue 5 Click Operating system installation to download instructions to install the operating system Updating the firmware The firmware in the server is periodically updated and is available for download on the Lenovo Support Web site Go tolhttp www lenovo com support to check for the latest level of firmware such as unified extensible firmware interface UEFI code vital product data VPD code device drivers and service processor firmware When you replace a device in the server you might have to either update the server with the latest version of the firmware that is stored in memory on the device or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image UEFI code is stored in programmable ROM flash memory on the system board e IMM firmware is stored in ROM on the baseboard management controller on the system board Ethernet firmware is stored in ROM on the Ethernet controller ServeRAID firmware is stored in ROM on the RAID controller e Major components contain VPD code You can use the IBM Advanced Settings Utility program to update the VPD code see IBM Advanced Settings Utility program on page 216 212 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual The following items are downloadable at http www lenovo com support
226. l external cables that were disconnected 15 Connect the other end of the ac power cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet 16 Press the power control button see Turning on the server on page 113 17 Make sure that the power on LED on the front of the server is lit Replacing a fan assembly The server comes with five replaceable cooling fans Use the following procedures to replace a fan Removing a fan assembly To remove any of the five replaceable fans complete the following steps Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and all peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Reconnect the power cord then turn on the server Attention Operating the server for extended periods of time more than 30 minutes with the cover removed might damage server components 5 Determine which fan to replace by checking the LEDs on the system board see System board LEDs lon page 112 a lit LED indicates the fan to replace 6 Turn off the server then disconnect the power cord again Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 8 Remove the failed fan from the server a Disconnect
227. lect this choice to view or change the settings for the integrated management module POST Watchdog Timer Select this choice to view or enable the POST watchdog timer POST Watchdog Timer Value Select this choice to view or set the POST loader watchdog timer value Reboot System on NMI Enable or disable restarting the system whenever a nonmaskable interrupt NMI occurs Disabled is the default Commands on USB Interface Preference Select this choice to enable or disable the Ethernet over USB interface on IMM Network Configuration Select this choice to view the system management network interface port the IMM MAC address the current IMM IP address and the host name define the static IMM IP address subnet mask and gateway address specify whether to use the static IP address or have DHCP assign the IMM IP address save the network changes and reset the IMM Reset IMM to Defaults Select this choice to view or reset IMM to the default settings Reset IMM Select this choice to reset IMM System Security Select this choice to view or configure Trusted Platform Module TPM support Adapters and UEFI Drivers Select this choice to view information about the UEFI 1 10 and UEFI 2 0 compliant controllers and drivers installed in the server Network Select this choice to view or configure the network device options such as iSCSI PXE and network devices Chapter 8 Configuring the server 201 Note The conf
228. lem has been detected and provides the action you should take as a result of the text message Make sure that the server has the latest version of the diagnostic programs To download the latest version complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document Go to http www lenovo com support 68 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Utilities are available to reset and update the diagnostics code on the integrated USB flash device if the diagnostic partition becomes damaged and does not start the diagnostic programs For more information and to download the utilities go to http www lenovo com support Running the diagnostic programs To run the diagnostic programs complete the following steps 1 If the server is running turn off the server and all attached devices 2 Turn on all attached devices then turn on the server 3 When the prompt lt F2 gt Diagnostics is displayed press F2 Note The DSA Preboot diagnostic program might appear to be unresponsive for an unusual length of time when you start the program This is normal operation while the program loads 4 Optionally select Quit to DSA to exit from the stand alone memory diagnostic program Note After you exit from the stand alone memory diagnostic environment you must restart the server t
229. lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 99 Recovering the server firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code If the server firmware has become corrupted such as from a power failure during an update you can recover the server firmware in one of two ways In band method Recover server firmware using either the boot block jumper Automated Boot Recovery and a server Firmware Update Package Service Pack Out of band method Use the IMM Web Interface to update the firmware using the latest server firmware update package Note You can obtain a server update package from one of the following sources e Download the server firmware update from the World Wide Web Contact your Lenovo service representative To download the server firmware update package from the World Wide Web go to http www lenovo com support The flash memory of the server consists of a primary bank and a backup bank It is essential that you maintain the backup bank with a bootable firmware image If the primary bank becomes corrupted you can either manually boot the backup bank with the boot block jumper or in the case of image corruption this will occur automatically with the Automated Boot Recovery function In band ma
230. listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Error code Description Action 0058007 DIMM population is unsupported 1 Reseat the DIMMs and then restart the server Remove the lowest numbered DIMM pair of those that are identified and replace it with an identical pair of known good DIMMs then restart the server Return the removed DIMMs one pair at a time to their original connectors restarting the server after each pair until a pair fails Replace the DIMMs in the failed pair with identical known good DIMMs restarting the server after each DIMM is installed Replace the failed DIMM Repeat this step until you have tested all removed DIMMs Trained service technician only Replace the system board 0058008 DIMM failed memory test 1 Reseat the DIMMs and then restart the server Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown then restart the server after each a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board
231. lity which enables simultaneous transmission and reception of data on the network If the Ethernet ports in the server support auto negotiation the controllers detect the data transfer rate LOBASE T 100BASE TX or 1000BASE T and duplex mode full duplex or half duplex of the network and automatically operate at that rate and mode You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controllers However you must install a device driver to enable the operating system to address the controllers For device drivers and information about configuring the Ethernet controllers see the Intel Hartwell 82574L Gigabit Ethernet Software CD that comes with the server To find updated information about configuring the controllers complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document Chapter 8 Configuring the server 219 1 Go tolhttp www lenovo com support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list 3 From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue Enabling and configuring Serial over LAN SOL Establish a Serial over LAN SOL connection to manage servers from a remote location You can remotely view and change the BIOS settings restart the server identify the server and perform other management functions Any standard Telne
232. lutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Multiple hard disk drives are offline 1 2 Review the storage subsystem logs for indications of problems within the storage subsystem such as backplane or cable problems See l Problem determination tips on page 104 Chapter 4 Diagnostics 53 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A replacement hard disk drive does not rebuild 1 Make sure that the hard disk drive is recognized by the controller the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing 2 Review the SAS SATA RAID controller documentation to determine the correct configuration
233. ly closed If a fan has failed complete the action for a fan failure Replace DIMM n n DIMM number A PCI PERR has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A PCI PERR has occurred Sensor PCI Slot n n PCI slot number 1 Check the extender card LEDs Reseat the affected adapters and extender card Update the server and adapter firmware UEFI and IMM Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove the adapter from slot n Replace the PCIe adapter Replace extender card n n PCI slot number 40 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A PCI SERR has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementNam
234. ly by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A problem occurs only occasionally and is difficult to diagnose ip Make sure that e All cables and cords are connected securely to the rear of the server and attached devices e When the server is turned on air is flowing from the fan grille If there is no airflow the fan is not working This can cause the server to overheat and shut down Check the system error log or IMM system event log see POST on page 21 The server resets restarts occasionally 2 If the reset occurs during POST and the POST watchdog timer is enabled click System Settings gt Integrated Management Module gt POST Watchdog Timer in the UEFI Setup Utility program to see the POST watchdog setting make sure that sufficient time is allowed in the watchdog timeout value POST Watchdog Timer If the server continues to reset during POST see POST on page 21 If the reset occurs after the operating system starts disable any automatic server restart ASR utilities or ASR devices that may be installed Note ASR utilities operate as operating system utilities and are related to the IPMI device driver If the reset continues to occur after the operating system starts the operati
235. m 206 the boot manager program 205 the remote presence feature 218 Utility program IBM Advanced Settings 216 Utility Setup menu choices 200 starting 200 V video controller integrated specifications 12 viewing event logs without restarting the server 20 virtual media key installing 167 removing 167 replacing 167 virtual media key support 9 VV Wake on LAN feature 113 Web site Lenovo support 177 212 213 220 UEFI flash diskette 100 what the server offers 9 234 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual lenovo Part Number XXXXXX Printed in USA 1P P N XXXXXX
236. med only by a trained service technician The System 1 encountered a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A POST error has occurred Sensor Firmware Error Update the server firmware on the primary page Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A bus uncorrectable error has occurred Sensor Critical Int PCI Chech the system event log Chech the PCI error LEDs Remove the adapter from the indicated PCI slot Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 35 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on
237. models CTO 11G 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 11G 11M 11A 39M5151 UR 2 8M models CTO 11G 11A 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 11G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 11G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 11G 39M5219 Rorea 2 8M models CTO 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 11J 39M5068 Argentina 2 8M models CTO 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 11A 39M5226 India 2 8M models CTO 39M5179 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5233 Brazil 2 8M models CTO 39M5247 Taivvan 2 8M models CTO Table 22 Povver cords Type 6534 Lenovo Povver cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taivvan 2 8M models CTO 39M5102 ANZ 2 8M models CTO 11M 12M 13M 14M 15M 39M5123 Europe 2 8M models CTO 39M5130 Denmark 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G 39M5144 S Africa 2 8M models CTO 11G 11M 11A 12G 12M 12A 13G 13M 13A 14G 14M 14A 15G 15M 15A 39M5151 UR 2 8M models CTO 11G 11A 12G 12A 13G 13A 14G 14A 15G 15A 39M5158 Switzerland 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G 39M5165 Italy 2 8M models CTO 115 11L 11Y 11G 12S 12L 12Y 12G 13S 13L 13Y 13G 14S 14L 14Y 14G 15G 39M5172 Israel 2 8M models CTO 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G 39M5219 Rorea 2 8M models CTO 39M5199 Japan 2 8M models CTO 11J 12J 13J 14J 15J 39M5068 Argentina 2 8M models CTO 11L 11Y 12L 12Y 13L 13Y 14L 14Y 39M5081 US Canada 2 8M models CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11A 12U 12F 125 12L 12D 12A 13U 13F 1
238. monitor is turned on and the brightness and contrast controls are adjusted correctly Make sure that the correct server is controlling the monitor if applicable Make sure that damaged server firmware is not affecting the video see Updating the firmware on page 212 Observe the checkpoint LEDs on the system board if the codes are changing go to step 6 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Video PCI card if one is installed c Trained service technician only System board See Solving undetermined problems on page 103 The monitor works when you turn on the server but the screen goes blank when you start some application programs Make sure that e The application program is not setting a display mode that is higher than the capability of the monitor e You installed the necessary device drivers for the application Run video diagnostics see Diagnostic tools on page 19 e If the server passes the video diagnostics the video is good seel Solving undetermined problems on page 103 e Trained service technician only If the server fails the video diagnostics replace the system board Chapter 4 Diagnostics 59 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532
239. mounting tab H and HH then slide it down the tab onto the connector on the system board Press the virtual media key down into the connector until it is firmly seated on the system board Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 167 o EET i C es 525 5 2 d Eha ihia E Microprocessor F heatsink gt am u D HL fr EEE 4 Go tol Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing the PCI X riser card power cable To replace the PCI X riser card power cable use the following procedures Removing the PCI X riser card power cable If an optional PCI X riser card assembly is installed in the server an internal power cable for the assembly is also installed To remove the PCI X riser card power cable complete the following steps Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external ca
240. n a static protective surface 5 Install the hard disk drive in the hot swap bay a Make sure that the tray handle is open that is perpendicular to the front of the drive b Align the drive assembly El with the guide rails in the bay Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 129 c Gently push the drive assembly into the bay until the drive stops d Push the tray handle H to the closed locked position e Check the hard disk drive status LED to make sure that the hard disk drive is operating correctly If the amber hard disk drive status LED for a drive is lit continuously that drive is faulty and must be replaced If the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing the drive is being accessed Note If the server is configured for RAID operation using a RAID controller you might have to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install hard disk drives See the RAID controller documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete instructions for using the RAID controller 6 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing a PCI card To replace a PCI card use the following procedures Removing a PCI card To remove a PCI card complete the following steps Read the safety information in l Important Safety Information on page 1 and Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords 3 Remove
241. n about Ethernet controllers and see the Ethernet controller device driver readme file Try the following procedures Make sure that the correct device drivers which come with the server are installed and that they are at the latest level Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly The cable must be securely attached at all connections If the cable is attached but the problem remains try a different cable If you set the Ethernet controller to operate at 100 Mbps you must use Category 5 cabling 102 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual If you directly connect two servers without a hub or if you are not using a hub with X ports use a crossover cable To determine whether a hub has an X port check the port label If the label contains an X the hub has an X port Determine whether the hub supports auto negotiation If it does not try configuring the integrated Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and duplex mode of the hub Check the Ethernet controller LEDs on the rear panel of the server These LEDs indicate whether there is a problem with the connector cable or hub The Ethernet link status LED is lit when the Ethernet controller receives a link pulse from the hub If the LED is off there might be a defective connector or cable or a problem with the hub The Ethernet transmit receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet c
242. nance Manual PCI card continued replacing 130 PCI card installation 132 PCI expansion slots 11 PCI riser card assembly removing 157 replacing 157 PCI slot error LEDs 67 PCI X riser card power cable installing 169 removing 168 replacing 168 POST error codes 21 POST event log 19 power specifications 12 supply 11 power cords 194 power features of the server 113 power problems 62 102 power supply removing 147 replacing 146 power on LED 113 power on password 202 problem isolation tables 50 problem diagnosing 16 problems DVD drive 51 Ethernet controller 102 hard disk drive 52 hypervisor flash device 54 IMM 30 intermittent 55 memory 57 microprocessor 58 monitor 59 mouse 56 optical drive 51 optional devices 61 pointing device 56 power 62 102 serial port 63 software 64 undetermined 103 USB port 65 video 65 R RAID array creating 207 RAID support 10 rear view of the server 106 recovering the server firmware 100 redundant array of independent disks RAID controller 128 130 remote presence feature 9 using 218 removing battery 151 bezel 120 DIMM 124 removing continued DVD drive 164 DVD drive cable 162 fan 149 hard disk drive 126 hypervisor flash device 133 microprocessor 140 operator information panel assembly 134 optical drive 164 PCI card 130 PCI riser card assembly 157 PCI X riser card power cable 168 power supply 147 SAS backplane 156 SAS SATA backplane 154 system board 144 the ServeRAI
243. nated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 2 Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test 3 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Chapter 4 Diagnostics 39 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Memory DIMM Configuration Error for DIMM nStatus on Memory Subsystem DIMM nStatus n DIMM number Error A DIMM configuration error has occurred Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology Sensor DIMM n Temp has transitioned to critical from a less severe state n DIMM number Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state iP 3 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and complete
244. nd new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 803 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled 4 Turn off and restart the system could not enablesthe Run the test again processor Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest cache level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 804 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled Turn off and restart the system the memory controller 2 Run the test again buffer request 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest failed level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 201 805 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled Turn off and restart the system the memory controller Run the test again display alter 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest write operation level The installed firmware l
245. nect the system to the provided power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 80 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message numbe
246. new device drivers or to submit a request for information Error code Description Action 2018001 PCI Express uncorrected or uncorrected error Check the riser card LEDs Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards Update the PCI adapter firmware Remove the adapter from the riser card Ot Ni Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Riser card b Trained service technician only System board 2018002 3xx0007 xx can be 00 19 Option ROM resource allocation failure Firmware fault detected system halted Informational message that some devices might not be initialized 1 If possible rearrange the order of the adapters in the PCI slots to change the load order of the optional device ROM code 2 Run the Setup utility select Startup Options and change the boot priority to change the load order of the optional device ROM code 3 Run the Setup utility and disable some other resources if their functions are not being used to make more space available a Select Startup Options gt Planar Ethernet PXE DHCP to disable the integrated Ethernet controller ROM b Select Advanced Functions gt PCI Bus Control 3 PCI ROM Control Execution to disable the ROM of the adapter in the PCI slots c Select Devices and I O Ports to disable any of the integrated devices 4 Replace the following components one at a time in t
247. ng server and at least one of the attached storage units is also attached to another server or unidentifiable device One or more servers are located near the failing server Important If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster run one test at a time Do not run any suite of tests such as quick or normal tests because this might enable the hard disk drive diagnostic tests e If the server is halted and a POST error code is displayed see Event logs on page 19 If the server is halted and no error message is displayed see l Iroubleshooting tables on page 50Jand undetermined problems on page 103 e For information about power supply problems see Solving power problems on page 102 e For intermittent problems check the error log seel Event logs on page 19 and and messages on page 68 Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 15 Performing the checkout procedure To perform the checkout procedure complete the following steps s Is the server part of a cluster e No Go to step PJ Yes Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster Go to step Complete the following steps Check the power supply LEDs see Power supply LEDs on page 67 a b Turn off the server and all external devices c Check all internal and external devices for compatibility at http www lenovo com support d Check all cables and power cords e
248. ng system might have a problem see Software problems on page 64 If neither_condition applies check the system error log or IMM system event log see POST on page 21 If the problem remains call for service Chapter 4 Diagnostics 55 Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action All or some keys on the 1 Make sure that the keyboard cable is securely connected keyboard do not work 2 If you are using a USB keyboard and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the keyboard from the hub and connect it directly to the server 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Keyboard b Trained service technician only System board The mouse or pointing device 1 Mak
249. ng the firmware on page 212 Run the test again test again after replacing each DIMM Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Reseat all of the DIMMs Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 85 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message num
250. novo com support 82 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 822 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM I2C test stopped the destination is unavailable i Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is sh
251. nt EEE T rkiye EEE Yonetmeligine Uygunluk Beyan Bu Lenovo r n T C evre ve Orman Bakanl n n Elektrik ve Elektronik Esyalarda Baz Zararl Maddelerin Kullan m n n S n rland r lmas na Dair Y netmelik EEE direktiflerine uygundur EEE Yonetmeligine Uygundur 8 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 2 General information This chapter provides general information that applies to all machine types supported by this publication Features and technologies The server uses the following features and technologies UEFI compliant server firmware UEFI replaces the basic input output system BIOS and defines a standard interface between the operating system platform firmware and external devices The server design combines the UEFI capabilities and features with legacy BIOS compatibility UEFI compliant servers are capable of starting UEFI compliant operating systems BIOS based operating systems and BIOS based adapters as well as UEFI compliant adapters Note This server does not support DOS e Dual core or quad core processing The server supports one Intel Xeon or Celeron dual core or quad core microprocessor Integrated management module The Integrated management module IMM combines service processor functions video controller and when an optional virtual media key is installed remote presence function in a
252. nt Information page Exit Select this to exit the WebBIOS utility and continue with the system boot Creating a storage configuration using the Configuration Wizard Follow these steps to start create a storage configuration 1 Click Configuration Wizard to start the wizard 2 Select a configuration option 208 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Attention If you select Clear Configuration or New Configuration all existing data in the configuration is deleted Make a backup copy of any data that you want to keep before selecting these options Clear Configuration Clears the existing configuration New Configuration Clears the existing configuration and lets you create a new configuration Add Configuration Retains the existing storage configuration and adds new drives to it this does not cause any data loss 3 Click Next 4 Select a configuration mode from the following options Custom Configuration In this mode you can control all attributes of the new storage configuration Auto Configuration and Redundancy This mode automatically creates an optimal RAID 1 or RAID 5 configuration providing data redundancy Auto Configuration without Redundancy This mode automatically creates a non redundant RAID 0 configuration 5 Click Next to continue Viewing and changing properties You can view information for one LSI SAS at a time If your system has multiple LSI SAS
253. nual recovery method To recover the server firmware and restore the server operation to the primary bank complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables 2 Remove the server cover See Removing and installing the cover on page 119 for more information 3 Locate the UEFI boot recovery jumper block JP6 on the system board 100 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Os ON 11 12 13 14 FERRER
254. o access the stand alone memory diagnostic environment again 5 Select gui to display the graphical user interface or select cmd to display the DSA interactive menu 6 Follow the instructions on the screen to select the diagnostic test to run If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem remains during normal server operation a software error might be the cause If you suspect a software problem see the information that comes with your software A single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If multiple error codes or system board LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket Seel Microprocessor problems on page 58 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue restart the server and try running the diagnostic programs again If the problem remains replace the component that was being tested when the server stopped Diagnostic text messages Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running A diagnostic text message contains one of the following results Passed The test was completed without any errors Failed The test detected an error Aborted The test could not pro
255. o exit the Devices and I O Ports section of the Configuration Setup Utility program Select Save Settings then press Enter Press Enter to confirm Select Exit Setup then press Enter gt oO mMm O Make sure that Yes exit the Setup Utility is selected then press Enter 220 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Appendix Notices Lenovo may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in all countries Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to a Lenovo product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product program or service Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to Lenovo United States Inc 1009 Think Place Building One Morrisville NC 27560 U S A Attention Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHO
256. o remove it from the server Place the riser card assembly on a flat static protective surface a fF oN Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 157 6 If the riser card assembly is an optional PCI X riser card assembly disconnect the riser card power cable from the riser card assembly 7 Disconnect any cables from the PCI cards in the riser card assembly 8 If you are instructed to return the riser card assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the riser card assembly To remove the riser card assembly complete the following steps The server comes with one riser card assembly that contains two PCI Express connectors To install the riser card assembly complete the following steps information in l Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Install the PCI cards in the riser card assembly 3 Reconnect any PCI card cables that you disconnected when you removed the riser card assembly 4 If the riser card assembly is an optional PCI X riser card assembly reconnect the riser card power cable F to the riser card assembly 158 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 5 Carefully align the riser card assembly with the guides on the rear of the server and with the riser card connectors on the system board then
257. oard LEDs on page 112 Note The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your model Front view The following illustration shows the controls LEDs and connectors The following illustration shows the controls LEDs and connectors on the front of the various models of the server 3 5 inch simple swap SAS server model un Sage BSS Des amp Lele 3 5 inch hot swap SAS SATA server model j e g 5 BR ORDO OO 2 5 inch hot swap SAS server model ANG LI el BO Him Ei F 88 GR RR OR Power on LED g System error LED 2 Power control button USB 1 connector Reset button E USB 2 connector 41 Hard disk drive activity LED E Hard disk drive activity LED green on 3 5 inch hot svvap SAS server model Hard disk drive status LED amber on 2 5 inch hot swap SAS server model BE Locator LED Hard dish drive status LED amber on 3 5 inch hot svvap SAS server model Hard disk drive activity LED green on 2 5 inch hot swap SAS server model Lenovo 2009 Portions
258. of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the PCIe adapter Replace the extender card Trained service technician only Replace the system board 42 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Redundancy Bckup Mem Status has Error Redundancy has been lost 1 Check the system event log been reduced and is insufficient to for DIMM failure events continue operation uncorrectable or PFA and correct the failures 2 Re enable mirroring in the Setup utility IMM Network Initialization Info An IMM network has No action information only Complete completed initialization Certificate Authority 1 has Error A problem has occurred 1 Make sure that the certificate detected a 2 Certificate Error with the SSL Server SSL that you are importing is 1 IBM_CertificateAuthority Client or SSL Trusted CA correct CA
259. of life Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the WEEE Directive as shown above must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and recovery of WEEE Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances in EEE For proper collection and treatment contact your local Lenovo representative Appendix Notices 223 Compliance with Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Meets requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances In Electrical and Electronic Equipment EEE T rkiye EEE Y netmeligine Uygunluk Beyan Bu Lenovo r n T C evre ve Orman Bakanl n n Elektrik ve Elektronik Esyalarda Baz Zararl Maddelerin Kullan m n n S n rland r lmas na Dair Y netmelik EEE direktiflerine uygundur EEE Yonetmeligine Uygundur Recycling statements for Japan AFDUYHTFIEBLT AEBETILEIRZ DENN U HT 7 VIC DU C CROGERD ADE EC GURERE NS Ga RE MM ESE DIR ZE EKU ERAFMELT He BT SIREI ED SA KORROTTA o CES BE IE RE CES EE ES o DEDG UES Fe HHT SARA SORRA ESE ICE 5 EEA AI VISIOENE CUBA BE RI 173 PC EIRY TG 7JV HERI ERHIELT ES GEC DO TIS MTDURLETFIHALTSKELN http www ibm com jp pc service recycl
260. off the server from the operating system if your operating system supports this feature After an orderly shutdown of the operating system the server will turn off automatically You can press the power control button to start an orderly shutdown of the operating system and turn off the server if your operating system supports this feature e If the operating system stops functioning you can press and hold the power control button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the server The server can be turned off by the Shutdown on LAN feature The integrated management module IMM can turn off the server as an automatic response to a critical system failure 114 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs Guidelines for trained service technicians This section contains information for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Use the information in this section to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in a Lenovo product that you are working on Each Lenovo product as it was designed and manufactured has required safety items to protect users and service technicians from injury The information in this section addresses only those items Use good judgment to identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by non Lenovo alterations or attachment of non Lenovo features or options that are not addressed in this se
261. on bus Bus 5 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 7 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the 10 11 power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 201 801 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled the system UEFI programmed the memory controller with an invalid CBAR address Turn off and restart the system 2 Run the test again Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on p
262. on program continuously loops The EasyStartup Make sure that the operating system media is supported by the EasyStartup program program will not start See the EasyStartup User Guide for a list of supported operating system versions The the operating system EasyStartup User Guide and compatibility notes are available through the EasyStartup media program 50 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual DVD drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The optical drive is not recognized k Make sure that e The SATA connector to which the DVD drive is attached primary or secondary is enabled in the Setup utility e All cables and jumpers are installed correctly e The correct device driver is installed for th
263. on using ranked RDIMMs Table 12 Maximum memory population using ranked RDIMMs depending on your model Number of RDIMMs DIMM type Size Total memory 6 Single rank RDIMMs 1 GB 6 GB 6 Single rank RDIMMs 2 GB 12 GB 6 Dual rank RDIMMs 2 GB 12 GB 4 Dual rank RDIMMs 4 GB 16 GB 4 Quad rank RDIMMs 4 GB 16 GB 6 Dual rank RDIMMs 4 GB 24 GB 4 Quad rank RDIMMs 8 GB when available 32 GB The following table shows the RDIMM memory population rule to optimize the system performance Table 13 RDIMM population rule for dual channel symmetric mode DIMM connector DIMM connector DIMM connector DIMM connector DIMM connector DIMM connector 1 2 3 4 5 6 Populated Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty Populated Empty Empty Populated Empty Empty Populated Populated Empty Populated Populated Empty Populated Populated Populated Populated Populated Populated Note The amount of usable memory is reduced depending on the system configuration A certain amount of memory must be reserved for system resources To view the total amount of installed memory and the amount of configured memory run the Setup utility Removing a memory module To remove a DIMM complete the following steps Read the safet information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral device
264. onents major 117 configuration programs LSI Configuration Utility 199 connectors for options on the system board 109 on the rear of the server 106 connectors external system board 108 connectors internal system board 107 contamination particulate and gaseous 12 controller Ethernet configuring 219 removing the ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA 159 controllers Ethernet 219 cover installing 119 cover removing 119 CPU error LEDs 66 creating RAID array 207 CRUs replacing battery 151 DIMMs 124 hard disk drive 126 memory 124 optical drive 164 riser card assembly 157 system board 144 customer replaceable units CRUs 179 D data collection 16 deassertion event system event log 20 diagnosing a problem 16 diagnostic error codes 70 LEDs error 65 on board programs starting 69 programs overview 68 test log viewing 69 text message format 69 tools overview 19 diagnostics program 10 DIMM LEDs 66 DIMMs installing 122 removing 124 display problems 59 DMI SMBIOS data updating 171 drive cage replacing 136 drives 10 DSA log 20 DVD drive installing 165 problems 51 removing 164 replacing 164 DVD drive cable installing 163 removing 162 Dynamic System Analysis Preboot Diagnostics DSA program 10 E EasyStartup using 209 electrical input 12 electronic emission Class A notice 226 enclosure manager heartbeat LED 67 enclosure manager heartbeat LED 67 environment 12 Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2
265. ontroller keyboard mouse pointing device serial ports and hard disk drives You can also use them to test some external devices If you are not sure whether a problem is caused by the hardware or by the software you can use the diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is working correctly When you run the diagnostic programs a single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If multiple error codes or system board LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in the microprocessor or in the microprocessor socket rn page 58 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems Before you run the diagnostic programs you must determine whether the failing server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices If it is part of a cluster you can run all diagnostic programs except the ones that test the storage unit that is a hard disk drive in the storage unit or the storage adapter that is attached to the storage unit The failing server might be part of a cluster if any of the following conditions is true You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices One or more external storage units are attached to the faili
266. ontroller sends or receives data over the Ethernet network If the Ethernet transmit receive activity is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed Check the LAN activity LED on the rear of the server The LAN activity LED is lit when data is active on the Ethernet network If the LAN activity LED is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed Check for operating system specific causes of the problem Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same protocol If the Ethernet controller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware appears to be working the network administrator must investigate other possible causes of the error Solving undetermined problems If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative use the information in this section If you suspect that a software problem is causing failures continuous or intermittent see problems on page 64 Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged server firmware can cause undetermined problems To reset the CMOS data use the CMOS jumper to clear the CMOS memory and override the power on password see l System board switches and jumpers on page 111 If you suspect that the server firmware is damaged see Recovering the server firmware on page 100 If the power supplies a
267. op of the cover and slide the cover toward the rear of the server until the cover has disengaged from the chassis 5 Lift the server cover off the server and set it aside Installing the cover Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the server cover before you turn on the server To replace the server cover do the following 1 Align the cover over the server toward the rear of the server until the cover edges slip in position over the chassis 2 Press down on the two blue tabs on the front of the cover while sliding the cover forward toward the front of the server until the cover is completely closed Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 119 Removing and installing the bezel To remove the bezel complete the following steps 1 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover see lRemoving and installing the cover on page 119 2 From inside the server press the bezel release latch toward the left side of the server 3 Pivot the bezel H forward and pull it away from the server 4 If you are instructed to return the bezel follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 120 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the bezel and server cover before you turn on the server To install the bezel insert the tab at the right end of the
268. or operation running fast scrub Run the test again 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level 4 a For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support a 90 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State D
269. or Xeon X3470 2 93GHz 1333MHz 8MB 4C 46C6775 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Core i3 540 3 06 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3175 models CTO 17 Microprocessor Core i3 530 2 93 GHz 1333MHz 4MB 2C 59Y3176 models CTO 18 Heat Sink models CTO All Models 59Y3221 19 Top cover models CTO All Models 59Y3223 System battery models CTO All Models 33F8354 1U Tool Less Rail Rit models CTO All Models 24P1121 EAR Bracket models CTO All Models 39M4351 Cable mini SAS cable models CTO All Models 41Y3884 Cable backplane cable models CTO All Models 59Y3210 Cable 500mm SAS cable models CTO All Models 59Y3214 Cable Front I O cable models CTO All Models 59Y3228 Cable 3 5 SS SATA cable models CTO All Models 59Y3230 Blank EMC shield models CTO All Models 4472248 Fornt I O board models CTO All Models 46C6797 HD InstCaution Label models CTO All Models 59Y3218 Low case models CTO All Models 59Y3225 2 5 DASD cage models CTO All Models 59Y3227 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter models CTO All Models 39Y6070 PRO 1K PT Dual models CTO All Models 39Y6128 PRO 1K PT Quad models CTO All Models 39Y6138 2Post Rail Kit models CTO All Models 42C1069 PRO 1K PF Srvr models CTO All Models 42C1752 QLogic 10Gb adapter models CTO All Models 42C1802 SATA DVD ROM models CTO 44W3254 SATA CD RW DVD models CTO 44W3255 SATA Mulitburn model
270. or information Symptom Action The power control button does not work and the reset button does work the server does not start Note The power control button will not function until approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server has been connected to ac power 1 Make sure that the power control button is working correctly a Disconnect the server power cords b Reconnect the power cords c Irained service technician only Reseat the operator information panel cables and then repeat steps la and 1b e Trained service technician only If the server starts reseat the operator information panel If the problem remains replace the operator information panel e If the server does not start bypass the power control button by using the force power on jumper see System board switches and jumpers on page 111 If the server starts reseat the operator information panel If the problem remains replace the operator information panel Make sure that the reset button is working correctly a Disconnect the server power cords b Reconnect the power cords Make sure that The power cords are correctly connected to the server and to a working electrical outlet e The type of memory that is installed is correct The DIMMs are fully seated The LEDs on the power supply do not indicate a problem e Trained service technician only The microprocessor is correctly installed Reseat the foll
271. ormation Enclosure manager POW SIRON and power off 1 If the LED flashes at 1Hz it is functioning heartbeat LED sequencing properly and no action is necessary 2 If the LED is not flashing trained service technician only replace the system board Power supply LEDs The following minimum configuration is required for the DC LED on the power supply to be lit Power supply e Power cord The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start One microprocessor in microprocessor socket 1 One 1 GB DIMM on the system board One power supply Power cord ServeRAID SAS SATA adapter Five cooling fans The following illustration shows the locations of the power supply LEDs Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2 activity LED link LED activity LED Power cord Serial Ethernet 2 connector connector link LED bi E we IC s mul El ER El 7 EEES SES NMI button USB 3 4 connector Vid o connector USB 1 2 connector System pulse LEDs The following LEDs are on the system board and indicates the system power on and power off sequencing and boot progress see System board LEDs on page 112 for the location of these LEDs Chapter 4 D
272. ot receive an EasyStartup DVD with your server you can download an image from the Lenovo Support Web site at http www lenovo com support Chapter 8 Configuring the server 209 The EasyStartup program has the following features Self booting DVD Easy to use language selectable interface Integrated help system Automatic hardware detection RAID configuration utility e Device drivers based on the server model and detected devices Selectable partition size and file system type Support for Windows Red Hat and SUSE Server operating systems Installs the operating system and device drivers in an unattended mode to save time e Creates a reusable response file that can be used with similarly configured Lenovo servers to make future installations even faster Before you use the EasyStartup DVD Functionality and supported operating systems can vary with different versions of the EasyStartup program To learn more about the version you have do the following 1 Insert the EasyStartup DVD and restart the server 2 Advance to the Home screen 3 Click Compatibility notes The compatibility notes feature provides detailed information about the RAID controllers operating systems and server configurations supported by that version of the EasyStartup program 4 Click User Guide The user guide provides an overview of the various functions provided by that version of the EasyStartup program Before using the
273. ou work on the equipment disconnect the power cord If you cannot disconnect the power cord have the customer power off the wall box that supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off position Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit Check it to make sure that it has been disconnected If you have to work on equipment that has exposed electrical circuits observe the following precautions Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power off controls is near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary When you are working with powered on electrical equipment use only one hand Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoid creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock When you use a tester set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for that tester Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and equipment frames Use extreme care when you measure high voltages To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies pumps blowers fans and motor generators do not service these components outside of their normal operating locations If an electrical accident occurs use caution turn off the power and send another person to get medical aid Working inside the server with the power on Attention Static electricity that is rele
274. owing components a DIMMs b Trained service technician only Power supply cables to all internal components c Irained service technician only Power switch connector Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Power supply c Irained service technician only System board If you just installed an optional device remove it and restart the server If the server now starts you might have installed more devices than the power supply supports Seel Povver supply LEDs on page 67 Seel Solving undetermined problems on page 103 62 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual solved Trained service technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The server does not turn off 1 Determine wh
275. own in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 823 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM BC test stopped cannot execute the command insufficient privilege level Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 83 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6
276. page 200 Run the test again 10 11 Replace the failing DIMM If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 91 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 902 xxx Memory Memory Test Failed Test failure 1 single bit and multi bit error failing DIMM z 2 Reseat DIMM z Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source 3 Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http vvvvvv lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed
277. pdate the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 2 Reseat the DIMMs and run the DSA memory test 3 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Memory DIMM Configuration Error for One of the DIMMs on Memory Subsystem One of the DIMMs Error A DIMM configuration error has occurred Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology Memory uncorrectable error detected for DIMM n Status on Memory Subsystem DIMM n Status n DIMM number Error A memory uncorrectable error has occurred 1 If the server failed the POST memory test reseat the DIMMs 2 Replace any DIMM that is indicated by a lit error LED Note You do not have to replace DIMMs by pairs 3 Run the Setup utility to enable all the DIMMs 4 Run the DSA memory test 5 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Memory Logging Limit Reached for DIMM nStatus on Memory Subsystem DIMMnStatus n DIMM number Error The memory logging limit has been reached Update the server firmware to the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordi
278. perating system 6 Update the IMM firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Running the backup IMM main application Error The IMM has resorted to running the backup main application Update the IMM firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Please ensure that the IMM is flashed with the correct firmware The IMM is unable to match its firmware to the server Error The server does not support the installed IMM firmware version Update the IMM firmware to a version that the server supports Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code IMM reset was caused by restoring default values Info The IMM has been reset because a user has restored the configuration to its default settings No action information only IMM clock has been set from NTP server 1 1 IBM_NTPService ElementN
279. power cords and all external cables then remove the server cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 If you have installed an optional PCI X riser card assembly H disconnect the riser card power cable from the riser card assembly Expansion slot cover Expansion slot 2 Expansion slot 1 Expansion slot cover PCI card Guide channels Riser card assembly PCI card EE Grasp the riser card at the front grip point and rear edges then lift to remove the riser card assembly Place the riser card assembly on a flat static protective surface Remove the expansion slot cover on the slot that you intend to use Attention PCI expansion slot covers must be installed on all vacant slots This maintains the electronic emissions characteristics of the server and ensures proper cooling of server components 132 _ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Important Safety Information on page 1Jand Guidelines for trained 6 Follow the instructions that come with the PCI card to set any jumpers or switches Attention When you install an PCI card make sure that it is completely and correctly seated in the expansion slot in the riser card Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the riser card system board or the PCI card when you turn on the server 7 Insert the PCI card El into the riser card assembly aligning the edge connector on the PCI card
280. public secure keys It provides the hardware support for the Trusted Computing Group TCG specification Large data storage capacity and hot swap capability The server supports a maximum of four 2 5 inch hot swap Serial Attached SCSI SAS hard disk drives two 3 5 inch simple swap Serial ATA SATA hard disk drives or two 3 5 inch hot swap SAS or SATA hard disk drives depending on the server model With the hot swap feature you can add remove or replace hard disk drives without turning off the server PCI card capabilities The server has two PCI interface slots one supports low profile cards and one supports half length full height cards Both slots can support PCI Express PCI cards RAID support The RAID controller provides hardware redundant array of independent disks RAID support The standard RAID controller provides RAID levels 0 1 and 1E Optional RAID PCI cards are available for purchase that provide additional RAID levels Systems management capabilities The server comes with an Integrated Management Module IMM When the IMM is used with the systems management software that comes with the server you can manage the functions of the server locally and remotely The IMM also provides system monitoring event recording and network alert capability The systems management connector provides additional security by physically separating the management network traffic from the production network You can use the Setup
281. push it into the USB connector until it is firmly seated 7 Press down on the retention latch to lock the flash device into the USB connector 8 Install the riser card assembly see Installing the riser card assembly on page 158 9 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 see Replacing the operator information panel assembly To replace the operator information panel assembly use the following procedures Removing the operator information panel assembly To remove the operator information panel assembly complete the following steps Read the safety information in l Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the server from the rack and remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Disconnect both cables from the operator information panel assembly 5 Remove the screws that secure the operator information panel assembly to the DVD bay housing 134 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 6 Lift the operator information panel assembly out of the server 7 If you are instructed to return the operator information panel assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied
282. r Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians The most recent version of this document is available at http www lenovo com support Before servicing a Lenovo product be sure to read the Safety Information See Important Safet For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty and Support Information document Important Safety Information Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this book before performing any of the instructions Veuillez lire toutes les consignes de type DANGER et ATTENTION du present document avant d ex cuter les instructions Lesen Sie unbedingt alle Hinweise vom Typ ACHTUNG oder VORSICHT in dieser Dokumentation bevor Sie irgendwelche Vorg nge durchf hren Leggere le istruzioni introdotte da ATTENZIONE e PERICOLO presenti nel manuale prima di eseguire una qualsiasi delle istruzioni Certifique se de ler todas as instruc es de cuidado e perigo neste manual antes de executar qualquer uma das instruc es Es importante que lea todas las declaraciones de precauci n y de peligro de este manual antes de seguir las instrucciones alkil oda el JE GSI Sa Ba ga gall el See al PUT LBZ a TR RANTS AA ES AVE PS EP a PUTER Al 0 ERM RAS PPA E GA GR IE gt ANBI NYS IVSANY 195 AT NDNA NIIONI AANTNA MYTIN YD NX ONXAPW NT Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 1
283. r Component Test State Description Action 166 818 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM BC test stopped cannot execute a duplicated request i Turn off the system and disconnect it from the povver source You must disconnect the system from ac povver to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 819 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM BC test stopped a command response could not be provided the SDR repository is in update mode Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com
284. r ID and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt user_id gt password lt password gt Example that does use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt host lt imm_ip gt 5 Restart the server Updating the DMI SMBIOS data The Desktop Management Interface DMI must be updated when the system board is replaced Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the DMI in the UEFI based server The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating systems Make sure that you download the version for your operating system To download the ASU and update the DMI complete the following steps 1 Download the Advanced Settings Utility ASU a b c d Go to http www lenovo com support Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue Click Downloads and drivers to link to the ASU program 2 ASU sets the DMI in the Integrated Management Module IMM Select one of the following methods to access the Integrated Management Module IMM to set the DMI Online from the target system LAN or keyboard console style KCS access Remote access to the target system LAN based 3 Copy and unpack the ASU package which also includes other required files to the server Make sur
285. r LED green EH PCisiot2 You must turn off the server before you connect or disconnect cables See the documentation that comes with any external devices for additional cabling instructions It might be easier for you to route cables before you connect the devices to the server Cable identifiers are printed on the cables that come with the server and optional devices Use these identifiers to connect the cables to the correct connectors Updating the server configuration When you start the server for the first time after you add or remove an internal option or external device you might receive a message that the configuration has changed The UEFI Setup Utility program starts automatically so that you can save the new configuration settings Some options have device drivers that you must install For information about installing device drivers see the documentation that comes with each option If the server has an optional RAID and you have installed or removed a hard disk drive see the documentation that comes with the RAID for information about reconfiguring the disk arrays For information about configuring the integrated Gigabit Ethernet controller see Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers on page 219 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 175 176 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 The following
286. r disconnect signal cables Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage e Disconnect the attached power cords telecommunications systems networks and modems before you open the device covers unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when installing moving or opening covers on this product or attached devices To Connect To Disconnect 1 Turn everything OFF 1 Turn everything OFF 2 First attach all cables to devices 2 First remove power cords from outlet 3 Attach signal cables to connectors 3 Remove signal cables from connectors 4 Attach power cords to outlet 4 Remove all cables from devices 5 Turn device ON Chapter 1 About this manual 3 Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only a type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations 4 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual
287. ration select Format and press Enter Creating a RAID array of hard disk drives To create a RAID array of hard disk drives complete the following steps 1 From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drives that you want to mirror 2 Select RAID Properties 3 Select the type of array that you want to create 4 Use the arrow keys to highlight the first drive in the pair then press the Minus or Plus key to change the mirror value to Primary 5 Continue to select the next drive using the Minus or Plus key until you have selected all the drives for your array 6 Press C to create the disk array 7 Select Apply changes and exit menu to create the array Chapter 8 Configuring the server 207 Using the WebBIOS utility The WebBIOS configuration utility enables you to create and manage RAID configurations on LSI SAS controllers The WebBIOS utility resides in the SAS controller BIOS and operates independently of the operating system The WebBIOS utility provides a configuration wizard to guide you through the configuration of virtual disks and physical arrays Starting the WebBIOS utility Perform the following steps to start the WebBIOS utility and access the main menu 1 After you turn on the power and when the computer is starting you are prompted to press Ctrl H when the following message is displayed Copyrighto LSI Logic Corporation Press lt Ctr1 gt lt H gt for NebBIOS 2
288. rder in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 405 906 xxx BroadCom Test Loop Failed 1 Ethernet back at Device Physical Layer Check the Ethernet cable for damage and make sure that the cable type and connection are correct 2 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 3 Run the test again 4 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting
289. re in the H8 bus Bus 0 1 10 11 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again Remove power from the system Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 902 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Failed The IMM indicates a failure in the memory bus 1 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at Ihttp www lenovo com support 84 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until
290. re working correctly complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server 2 Make sure that the server is cabled correctly 3 Remove or disconnect the following devices one at a time until you find the failure Turn on the server and reconfigure it each time Any external devices Surge suppressor device on the server e Printer mouse and non Lenovo devices Each adapter Hard disk drives Memory modules The minimum configuration requirement is 1 GB DIMM in slots 3 4 Turn on the server If the problem remains suspect the following components in the following order Memory module Microprocessor System board If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the problem recurs when you reinstall the same adapter suspect the adapter if the problem recurs when you replace the adapter with a different one suspect the riser card If you suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the server Chapter 4 Diagnostics 103 Problem determination tips Because of the variety of hardware and software combinations that can encounter use the following information to assist you in problem determination If possible have this information available when requesting assistance from Lenovo The model number and serial number of the server are located on an ID label on the bezel You can solve some problems b
291. rmine the type and speed of the microprocessor Memory e Minimum 1 GB e Maximum 32 GB 16 GB using unbuffered DIMMs UDIMMs 32 GB using registered DIMMs RDIMMs e Types PC3 8500 or PC3 10600R 999 single rank or double rank 1066 and 1333 MHz ECC DDR3 registered or unbuffered SDRAM DIMMs only Connectors Six dual inline memory module DIMM connectors two way interleaved e Supports 1 GB 2 GB and 4 GB when available unbuffered DIMMS 1 GB 2 GB 4 GB and 8 GB when available registered DIMMs SATA optical drives UltraSlim DVD ROM combo optional e Multi burner optional Hard disk drive expansion bays depending on the model One of the following configurations e Four 2 5 inch hot swap SAS hard disk drive bays e Two 3 5 inch hot swap SAS or hot swap SATA hard disk drive bays e Two 3 5 inch simple swap SAS hard disk drive bays PCI expansion slots Supports two PCI riser slots on the riser card that connects to slots 1 and 2 on the system board e Slot 1 supports low profile cards PCI Express Gen2 x8 Slot 2 supports 3 4 length full height cards PCI Express Gen2 x8 or PCI X 1 0a 64 bit 133 MHz Power supply One 351 watt power supply or one 351 watt high efficiency power supply Fans The server comes standard with five speed controlled fans Integrated functions e Integrated management module IMM which provides service processor control
292. s on page 156 for instructions as applicable 2 Line up the drive cage with the drive bays on the front of the server 3 Push the drive cage into the server until it stops 4 Align the holes in the top of the drive cage with the holes in the top of the chassis then insert the screws that secure the drive cage to the chassis 5 Install the backplane or back Installing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives o or l Installing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives on e 157 for instructions as applicable 6 Install the hard disk drives 7 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Replacing the microprocessor and heat sink The following notes describe the type of microprocessor that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a microprocessor The server supports one Intel land grid array LGA 1156 dual core or quad core microprocessor The type speed and L3 cache of the microprocessor depends on the server model Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor to determine whether you have to update the server firmware To download the most current level of server firmware go to Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 139 http www lenovo com support The microprocessor uses an integrated voltage regulator on the system board Removing the microprocessor To remove the microprocessor complete the following steps Read the safe
293. s CTO 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 44W 3256 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 135 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14 15G 15M 15A 15 J ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA Controller models CTO 43W4297 192 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 18 Parts listing Types 6534 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number ServeRAID MR10is VAULT SAS SATA controller models 44E8696 CTO IBM 3Gb SAS HBA controller v2 models CTO 44E8701 ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller v2 models CTO 49Y4737 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 14U 46M0851 14F 145 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14J 15G 15M 15A 15J ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA controller models CTO 46M0854 ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller models CTO 12U 46M0862 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13J ServeRAID MR10i Li Ion Battery models CTO 43W4301 ServeRAID MR10M SAS SATA controller with Remote 43W4341 Battery Kit models CTO ServeRAID M1015 RAID 5 Upgrade Key models CTO 46M0864 ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller models CTO 46M0922 6534 Software FRU FRU EasyManage models CTO All Models 69Y9937 Documentation DVD
294. s a SATA RAID back plate reconnect the SAS signal cable to the SAS SATA controller 3 Slide the backplane or back plate into the card guides making sure that any nearby wires or cables are not trapped or pinched 4 Press firmly until the backplane or back plate is fully seated Install the hard disk drives 6 Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 o Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 155 Removing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives Alignment tabs Alignment slots El Connectors El Connectors To remove the 2 5 inch drives backplane complete the following steps information in Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface Remove the cover see lRemoving and installing the cover on page 119 2 3 4 Pull the hard disk drives out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplane 5 6 Lift the backplane or back plate out of the server 7 Disconnect the backplane cables e Disconnect the SAS SATA controller cable from the backplane e Disconnect the power cable from the backplane e Disconnect the system board cable from the backplane 8 If you are instructed to return the backplane or back plate follow all packaging instructions and use
295. s a filtered subset of all IMM POST and system management interrupt SMI events You can view the IMM event log through the IMM Web interface and through the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program as the ASM event log e DSA log This log is generated by the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program and it is a chronologically ordered merge of the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM chassis event log as the ASM event log and the operating system event logs You can view the DSA log through the DSA program Viewing event logs through the Setup utility To view the POST event log or system event log complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the event logs 3 Select System Event Logs and use one of the following procedures To view the POST event log select POST Event Viewer To view the IMM system event log select System Event Log Viewing event logs without restarting the server When the server is not hung and the IMM is connected to a network methods are available for you to view one or more event logs without having to restart the server You can use the DSA Preboot to view the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM event log as the ASM event log or the merged DSA log You must restart the server to use DSA Preboo
296. s after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active Obtaining the IP address for the IMM To access the Web interface you need the IP address for the IMM You can obtain the IMM IP address through the Setup utility The server comes with a default IP address for the IMM of 192 168 70 125 To locate the IP address complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active 218 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 This prompt is displayed on the screen for only a few seconds You must press F1 quickly If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu From the Setup utility main menu select System Settings On the next screen select Integrated Management Module On the next screen select Network Configuration Find the IP address and write it down Exit from the Setup utility Nous w Logging on to the Web interface To log on to the Web interface to use the remote presence functions complete the following steps 1 Open a Web browser and in the address or URL field type the IP address or host name of the IMM to which you want to connect Note The IMM defaults to DHC
297. s and disconnect the power cords and all external cables if necessary 3 Remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 124 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Attention To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the cover removed Remove the DIMM air baffle seel Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 Carefully open the retaining clips on each end of the DIMM connector and remove the DIMM Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently 6 If you are instructed to return the DIMM follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a memory module The maximum operating speed of the server is determined by the slowest DIMM in the server If you install a pair of DIMMs in DIMM connectors 2 and 5 the size and speed of the DIMMs that you install in DIMM connectors 2 and 5 must match each other How ever they do not have to be the same size and speed as the DIMMs that are installed in DIMM connectors 1 and 4 You can use compatible DIMMs from various manufacturers in the same pair When you install or remove DIMMs the server configuration information changes When you restart the server the system displays a message that indicate
298. s for more troubleshooting information at and actions http www lenovo com support apply to all three tests 215 901 xxx DVD Drive e Verify Aborted Drive media is 4 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new Media not detected media and wait for 15 seconds Installed 2 Run the test again t Read 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or Write Test broken connections or damage to the cable e Self Test Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again Messages z and actions 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to apply to all http www lenovo com support three tests 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive 8 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 215 902 xxx DVD Drive e Verify Failed Read 1 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new Media miscompare media and wait for 15 seconds Installed 2 Run the test again 7 Read 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or Write Test broken connections or damage to the cable e Self Test Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again Messages RN 5 DEREN and acti ng 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to apply to all http www lenovo com support three tests 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive 8 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ht
299. s solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 905 xxx IMM IMM RC Test Failed The IMM Note Ignore the error if the hard disk drive indicates a failure in the HDD bus Bus 4 backplane is not installed 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 7 Turn off the system and disconnec
300. s that the memory configuration has changed See l System board internal connectors on page 107 for the location of the DIMM connectors on the system board To install a DIMM complete the following steps Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables if necessary Remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the DIMM air baffle see Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 Open the retaining clip H on each end of the DIMM connector Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 125 6 Touch the static protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the outside of the server Then remove the DIMM from the package 7 Turn the DIMM FN so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the connector see l System boardl pc de ee Des TAL for the locations of the DIMM connectors 8 Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector 9 Firmly press the DIMM straight dovvn into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM simultaneously The retaining clips H snap into the lock
301. s the corresponding mapping layer To see the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide You can access the ASU Users Guide from the Lenovo support Web site 172 _ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 5 a Go to Ihttp www lenovo com support b Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list c From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue d Click Downloads and drivers Click User s guides and manuals to link to the ASU Users Guide The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt e Remote LAN access type the command Note When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM using the LAN from a client the host and the imm_external_ip address are required parameters host lt imm_external_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_external_ip The external IMM LAN IP address There is no default value This parameter is required imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account p
302. section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 805 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM I2C test 1 stopped invalid command for the given LUN 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 74 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6
303. see Installing a memory module on page 125 5 6 Reinstall the DIMM air baffle see l Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 If necessary reinstall ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller see Installing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller on page 160 7 Reinstall the PCI riser card assemblies and PCI cards if any were installed see Installing the riser card assembly on page 158 and Installing a PCI card on page 132 8 Reinstall the virtual media key see l Replacing the virtual media key on page 167 9 Reinstall the hypervisor flash device see l Installing a USB embedded hypervisor flash device on page 134 10 Reconnect all cables to the system board that were disconnected 11 Install the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 12 Slide the server into the rack 13 Reconnect the power cords and any cables that you removed 14 Turn on the peripheral devices and the server Important Perform the following updates Either update the server with the latest RAID firmware or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image Update the UUID see Update the DMI SMBIOS see l Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 171 Replacing the power supply This procedure is used when replacing a defective power supply When you remove or install the power supply observe the following precautions Statement 5 AA
304. server components 3 Go tol Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 121 Replacing a memory module DIMM To replace a dual inline memory module DIMM use the following information and procedures Supported memory types Following is information that describes the types of dual inline memory modules DIMMs that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install DIMMs see System board internal connectors on page 107 for the location of the DIMM connectors The server supports only industry standard double data rate 3 DDR3 1066 or 1333 MHz PC3 6400 PC3 8500 or PC3 10600 single rank dual rank or quad rank registered or unbuffered synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM dual inline memory modules DIMMs with error correcting code ECC ran a list of supported memory modules for the server The specifications of a DDR3 DIMM are on a label on the DIMM in the following format ggg eRxff PC3 wwwwwm aa bb cc where ggg is the total capacity of the DIMM for example 1GB 2GB or 4GB e is the number of ranks 1 single rank 2 dual rank 4 quad rank ff is the device organization bit width 4 x4 organization 4 DQ lines per SDRAM 8 x8 organization 16 x16 organization wwwww is the DIMM bandwidth in MBps 6400 6 40 GBps PC3 800 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 8500 8 53 GBps PC3 1066 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 1
305. service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty and Support Information document The following table lists the part numbers for the server components Table 15 Parts listing Types 6531 models CTO 11U 11F 115 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 1 Riser PCIX models CTO All Models 49Y4675 1 Riser PCI E LP models CTO All Models 46C6796 1 Riser PCI E FH models CTO All Models 49Y4673 2 Air Duct models CTO All Models 46C 6798 3 Memory module 1GB DDR3 1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1991 models CTO 3 Memory module 1GB 1x1GB Single Rankx8 PC3 10600 46U2906 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP UDIMM models CTO 11U MF 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11M 11A 11J 12U 12F 125 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12J 3 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP UDIMM 46U2907 models CTO 3 Memory module 2GB DDR3 1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM 46U1992 models CTO 3 Memory module 4GB 1x4GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 46U2941 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM models CTO 3 Memory module 8GB 1x8GB Quad Rankx8 PC3 8500 4612942 CL7 ECC DDR3 1066MHz LP RDIMM mod
306. set an administrator password you are prompted to type the password 3 Select System Settings Adapters and UEFI drivers 4 Select Please refresh this page on the first visit and press Enter 5 Select LSI controller driver name Driver and press Enter where controller_driver_name is the name of the SAS SATA controller driver For the SAS SATA controller driver name see the documentation that comes with your controller 6 To perform storage management tasks follow the procedures in the documentation that comes with the SAS SATA controller When you have finished changing settings press Esc to exit from the program select Save to save the settings that you have changed Formatting a hard disk drive Low level formatting removes all data from the hard disk If there is data on the disk that you want to save back up the hard disk before you perform this procedure Note Before you format a hard disk make sure that the disk is not part of a mirrored pair To format a drive complete the following steps 1 From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drive that you want to format and press Enter 2 Select SAS Topology and press Enter 3 Select Direct Attach Devices and press Enter 4 To highlight the drive that you want to format use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys To scroll left and right use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow keys or the End key Press Alt D 5 To start the low level formatting ope
307. solution before you update the code To display a list of available updates for your server go to http www lenovo com support When you click an update an information page is displayed including a list of the problems that the update fixes Review this list for your specific problem however even if your problem is not listed installing the update might solve the problem b Check for and correct an incorrect configuration If the server is incorrectly configured a system function can fail to work when you enable it if you make an incorrect change to the server configuration a system function that has been enabled can stop working 1 Make sure that all installed hardware and software are supported See http www lenovo com support to verify that the server supports the installed operating system optional devices and software levels If any hardware or software component is not supported uninstall it to determine whether it is causing the problem You must remove nonsupported hardware before you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for support 2 Make sure that the server operating system and software are installed and configured correctly Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal cables or incorrectly seated adapters You might be able to solve the problem by turning off the server reconnecting cables reseating adapters and turning the server back on See Checksuwprsoedur
308. ssword you do not have to type a password to complete the system startup but you must type the administrator password to access the Configuration Setup Utility menu If you set a power on password for a user and an administrator password for a system administrator you can type either password to complete the system startup A system administrator who types the administrator password has access to the full Configuration Setup Utility menu the system administrator can give the user authority to set change and delete the power on password A user who types the power on password has access to only the limited Configuration Setup Utility menu the user can set change and delete the power on password if the system administrator has given the user that authority Power on password If a power on password is set when you turn on the server the system startup will not be completed until you type the power on password You can use any combination of up to seven characters A Z a z and 0 9 for the password If a power on password is set you can enable the Unattended Start mode in which the keyboard and mouse remain locked but the operating system can start You can unlock the keyboard and mouse by typing the power on password If you forget the power on password you can regain access to the server in any of the following ways If an administrator password is set type the administrator password at the password prompt see Administra
309. sting RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com supportito check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A microprocessor LED is lit 1 during POST indicating that the microprocessor is not working correctly Make sure that the server supports the microprocessor 2 Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessor is seated correctly 3 Trained the service technician only Reseat the microprocessor 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board 58 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Monitor problems Some monitors have their own self tests If you suspect a problem with your monitor see the documentation that comes with the monitor for instructions for testing and adjusting the monitor If you cannot diagnose the problem call for service solved Trained
310. strator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup Utility menu If you do not type the administrator password a limited Setup Utility menu is available Select settings to view or change Setup Utility menu choices The following choices are on the Setup Utility main menu for the UEFI Depending on the version of the firmware some menu choices might differ slightly from these descriptions System Information Select this choice to view information about the server When you make changes through other choices in the Setup Utility some of those changes are reflected in the system information you cannot change settings directly in the system information This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only System Summary Select this choice to view configuration information including the ID speed and cache size of the microprocessors machine type and model of the server the serial number the system UUID and the amount of installed memory When you make configuration changes through other options in the Setup Utility the changes are reflected in the system summary you cannot change settings directly in the system summary Product Data Select this choice to view the system board identifier the revision level or issue date of the firmware the integrated management module and diagnostics code and the version and date This choice is on the full Setup Utility menu only System Settings Sel
311. support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 81 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 820 xxx IMM IMM RC Test Aborted IMM IC test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the stopped a power source You must disconnect the system command from ac power to reset the IMM response could not be 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to
312. sword The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O Note If you do not specify any of these parameters ASU will use the default values When the default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM using the online authenticated LAN access method ASU will automatically use the following unauthenticated KCS access method The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt user simm user id password lt imm_password gt Examples that do use the userid and passvvord default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoProdName em t models asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysEncloseAssetTag sasset tag Online KCS access unauthenticated and user restricted You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method The KCS access method uses the IPMI KCS interface This method requires that the IPMI driver be installed Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default ASU provide
313. t Manager where you can view the error messages in the system event logs You can use the arrow keys to move between pages in the error log The system event logs contain all event and error messages that have been generated during POST by the systems management interface handler and by the system service processor Run the diagnostic programs to get more information about error codes that occur Important If the system error LED on the front of the server is lit but there are no other error indications clear the IMM system event log Also after you complete a repair or correct an error clear the IMM system event log to turn off the system error LED on the front of the server POST Event Viewer Select this choice to enter the POST event viewer to view the POST error messages System Event Log Select this choice to view the IMM system event log Clear System Event Log Select this choice to clear the IMM system event log User Security Select this choice to set change or clear passwords Sed Passwords on page 203 for more information This choice is on the full and limited Setup Utility menu Power on Password Select this choice to set or change a power on password See Power on password on page 203 for more information Administrator Password Select this choice to set or change an administrator password An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the
314. t are attached to it For information about using this program see For information about configuring the Ethernet controller see l Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers on page 219 IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU program Use this program as an alternative to the Setup utility for modifying UEFI settings and IMM settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the server to access the Setup utility For more information about using this program see Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 199 Using the Setup Utility The Setup Utility program is part of the UEFI You can use it to perform the following tasks View configuration information View and change assignments for devices and I O ports Set the date and time Set and change passwords View and change the startup characteristics of the server and the order of startup devices startup drive sequence View and change settings for advanced hardware features View and clear the event and error logs Change interrupt request IRQ settings Resolve configuration conflicts Starting the Setup Utility To start the Setup Utility do the following 1 3 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set an admini
315. t client application can access the SOL connection To enable and configure the server for SOL you must update and configure the UEFI code update and configure the integrated management module IMM firmware update and configure the Ethernet controller firmware and enable the operating system for an SOL connection UEFI update and configuration To update and configure the UEFI code to enable SOL complete the following steps 1 Update the UEFI code a Download the latest version of the UEFI code from http www lenovo com support b Update the UEFI code following the instructions that come with the update file that you downloaded 2 Update the IMM firmware a Download the latest version of the IMM firmware from http www lenovo com support b Update the IMM firmware following the instructions that come with the update file that you downloaded 3 Configure the UEFI settings a When you are prompted to start the Configuration Setup Utility program restart the server and press F1 b Select System Settings gt Devices and I O Ports c Select Console Redirection Settings then make sure that the values are set as follows e COM Port 1 Enable e Remote Console Enable Serial Port Sharing Enable e Serial Port Access Mode Dedicated COM1 Settings e Baud Rate 115200 e Data Bits 8 e Parity None Stop e Bits 1 e Thermal Emulation ANSI e Active After Boot Enable e Flow Control Hardware d Press Esc twice t
316. t it from the power source Reseat the hard disk drive backplane 9 Reconnect the system to the power source and 10 11 12 13 14 15 turn on the system Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 87 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 906 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Failed The IMM indicates a failure in the memory configurati
317. t level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 76 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 810 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM I2C test stopped request data length is invalid
318. t optional features in use 2 The sound levels were measured in controlled acoustical environments according to the procedures specified by the American National Standards Institute ANSI 12 10 and ISO 7779 and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296 Actual sound pressure levels in a given location might exceed the average values stated because of room reflections and other nearby noise sources The noise emission level stated in the declared upper limit sound power level in bels for a random sample of system 3 There is no keyboard connector or mouse connector on the server You can connect a USB keyboard and USB mouse to the server by using the USB connectors Software Lenovo provides software to help get your server up and running EasyStartup The ThinkServer EasyStartup program simplifies the process of configuring your RAID controllers and installing supported Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems and device drivers on your server The EasyStartup program is provided with your server on DVD The DVD is self starting bootable The User Guide for the EasyStartup program is on the DVD and can be accessed directly from the program interface For additional information seel Using the EasyStartup DVD on page 209 12 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual EasyManage The ThinkServer EasyManage Core server provides centralized hardware and software
319. t to view those logs You can view the IMM system event log through the Event Log link in the integrated management module IMM Web interface Table 2 Methods for viewing event logs Condition Action The server is not hung and is connected to a network Use IPMItool to view the system event log The server is not hung and is not connected to a Use IPMItool locally to view the system event log network 20 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 2 Methods for viewing event logs continued Condition Action The server is hung If DSA Preboot is installed restart the server and press F2 to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs If DSA Preboot is not installed insert the DSA Preboot CD and restart the server to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs e Alternatively you can restart the server and press F1 to start the Setup utility and view the POST event log or system event log For more information see Viewing event logs without restarting the server on Clearing the event logs To clear the event logs complete the following steps Note The POST event log is automatically cleared each time the server is restarted 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator p
320. tate Description Action 089 801 xxx CPU CPU Stress Aborted Internal 1 Turn off and restart the system Test program error 2 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Run the test again 4 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the test again 8 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure remains go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information 70 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 65
321. tatement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Statement 26 A CAUTION Do not place any object on top of rack mounted devices Attention This server is suitable for use on an IT power distribution system whose maximum phase to phase voltage is 240 V under any distribution fault condition Important This product is not suitable for use with visual display workplace devices according to Clause 2 of the German Ordinance for Work with Visual Display Units Important information about replacing RoHS compliant FRUs RoHS The Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive 2002 95 EC is a European Union legal requirement affecting the global electronics industry RoHS requirements must be implemented on Lenovo products placed on the market and sold in the European Union after June 2006 Products on the market before June 2006 are not required to have RoHS compliant parts If the parts are not compliant originally replacement parts can also be noncompliant but in all cases if the parts are compliant the replacement parts must also be compliant Note RoHS and non RoHS FRU part num
322. te image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server Uploading a diskette image to the IMM memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive The blue screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM restarts the server when the IMM detects an operating system hang condition A system administrator can use the blue screen capture to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition Seq Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture on page 218 for additional information e Large system memory capability Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 9 The memory bus supports up to 24 GB of memory when registered DIMMs are installed The server supports up to 8 GB if unbuffered DIMMs are installed The memory controller supports error correcting code ECC for up to six industry standard PC3 8500 or PC3 10600R 999 1066 and 1333 MHz DDR3 third generation double data rate registered or unbuffered synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM dual inline memory modules DIMMs Integrated network support The server comes with an integrated Intel Gigabit Ethernet controller which supports connection to a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps network For more information see Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllers on page 219 Integrated Trust Platform Module This integrated security chip performs cryptographic functions and stores private and
323. te that the IMM is functioning normally heartbeat LED Standby povver LED When this LED is lit it indicates that the server is connected to ac power 112 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Server power features When the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on the operating system does not run and all core logic except for the service processor the integrated management module is shut down however the server can respond to requests to the service processor such as a remote request to turn on the server The power on LED flashes to indicate that the server is connected to ac power but is not turned on Turning on the server Approximately 5 seconds after the server is connected to ac power one or more fans might start running to provide cooling while the server is connected to power and the power on button LED flashes quickly Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active the power on LED flashes slowly and one or more fans might start running to provide cooling while the server is connected to power You can turn on the server by pressing the power control button The server can also be turned on in any of the following ways If a power failure occurs while the server is turned on the server will restart automatically when power is restored If your operating sys
324. ted actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 814 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMM I2C test stopped requested sensor data or record is not present i Turn off the system and disconnect it from the povver source You must disconnect the system from ac povver to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again
325. tem supports the Wake on LAN feature the Wake on LAN feature can turn on the server Note When 4 GB or more of memory physical or logical is installed some memory is reserved for various system resources and is unavailable to the operating system The amount of memory that is reserved for system resources depends on the operating system the configuration of the server and the configured PCI devices Turning off the server When you turn off the server and leave it connected to ac power the server can respond to requests to the service processor such as a remote request to turn on the server While the server remains connected to ac power one or more fans might continue to run To remove all power from the server you must disconnect it from the power source Some operating systems require an orderly shutdown before you turn off the server See your operating system documentation for information about shutting down the operating system Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors 113 Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 20 gt 1 pp Le The server can be turned off in any of the following ways You can turn
326. the provided the power source and turn on the system device is in 3 Run the test again de ig 4 Make sure that the DSA code and IMM firmware update mode are at the latest level 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 166 821 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM IC test stopped a command response could not be provided IMM initialization is in progress 5 6 di Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www le
327. the server from the rack and remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on Page 119 4 Disconnect any cables from the PCI card 5 Remove the riser card assembly see l Removing the riser card assembly on page 157 6 If the riser card assembly is an optional PCI X riser card assembly disconnect the riser card power cable from the riser card assembly 130 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 2 4 10 11 PCI X power cable El sPCLX slot Grasp the riser card assembly at the front grip point and rear edges and lift to remove it from the server Place the riser card assembly on a flat static protective surface Carefully grasp the PCI card by its top edge or upper corners and pull the PCI card from the riser card assembly PCI card Guide channels Riser card assembly PCI card Expansion slot cover Expansion slot 2 Expansion slot 1 EE Expansion slot cover If you are instructed to return the PCI card follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Go to Completing the FRU replacement on page 173 Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 131 Installing a PCI card To install a PCI card complete the following steps SENSE gt Read the safety information in service technicians on page 115 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the
328. the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at ttp www lenovo com support 166 803 xxx IMM IMM BC Test Aborted IMM RC test stopped the node is busy try later Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to ttp www lenovo com support Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web sit
329. til the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 202 802 xxx Memory Memory Failed General error 4 Make sure that all memory is enabled by checking Stress Test TEMOLY SIZE 18 the Available System Memory in the Resource insufficient to Utilization section of the DSA event log If run the test necessary enable all memory in the Setup utility seel Using the Setup Utility on page 200 2 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www lenovo com support 3 Run the test again 4 Run the standard memory test to validate all memory 5 If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 202 901 xxx Memory Memory Failed Test failure 1 Run the standard memory test to validate all Stress Test memory 2 Make sure that the DSA code is at the l
330. tilities Where to find more controllers except ServeRAID BR10i e Automatically detects hardware and lists all supported RAID configurations e Configures one or more disk arrays per controller depending on the number of drives attached to the controller and the RAID level selected e Supports hot spare drives e Creates a RAID response file that can be used to configure RAID controllers on similarly configured Lenovo servers RAID configuration utility Description Location information EasyStartup RAID e For use with all EasyStartup DVD Using the EasyStartup configuration utility factory supported RAID DVD on page 209 Chapter 8 Configuring the server 205 Table 24 RAID configuration utilities continued RAID configuration utility MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility Description For IBM ServeRAID BR10il Location In system firmware To access Where to find more information Using the WebBIOS utility on page 208 WebBIOS SAS SATA Controller Use UFFI Setup Utility IBM ServeRAID MR10i e Press Ctrl H at the SAS SATA Controller WebBIOS prompt IBM ServeRAID M1015 during startup SAS SATA controller LSI Configuration Utility For In system firmware To Using LSI Configuration IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller IBM ServeRAID MR10i SAS SATA Controller access Use UEFI Setup Utility e Press Ctrl C at the LSI prompt during start
331. tion verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 1 Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1Jand l Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board 3 Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat static protective surface 160 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual o Remove the cover seel Removing and installing the cover on page 119 Remove the riser card assembly see Removing the riser card assembly on page 157 Touch the static protective package that contains the new ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller to any unpainted surface on the outside of the server then grasp the controller by the top edge or upper corners of the controller and remove it from the package Align the ServeRAID controller so that the keys align correctly with the connector H on the system board Insert the ServeRAID controller into th
332. to Critical state from Nonrecoverable state 1 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly 3 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Chapter 4 Diagnostics 33 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Sensor CPU nOverTemp has transitioned to non recoverable n microprocessor number Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state 1 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly 3 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor
333. to non Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment Therefore the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly Some measurements may have been made on development level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems Furthermore some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation Actual results may vary Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 221 Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States other countries or both Lenovo Lenovo logo ThinkServer The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both IBM ServeRAID Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States other countries or both Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States other countries or both Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both Red Hat the Red
334. tor password on page 204 Start the Configuration Setup Utility program and reset the power on password e Remove the battery from the server and then reinstall it For instructions for removing the battery see Replacing the system board battery on page 151 e Change the position of the clear CMOS jumper on the system board to bypass the power on password check Sec Power on pascwori fot additional information Chapter 8 Configuring the server 203 Attention Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables See the safety information in emesa Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 JDo not change settings or move jumpers on any system board switch or jumper block that is not shown in this document Administrator password If an administrator password is set you must type the administrator password for access to the full Setup utility menu You can use any combination of up to seven characters A Z a z and 0 9 for the password If you forget the administrator password you can reset it after you change the position of the clear CMOS jumper Resetting passwords If you forget the power on password or administrator password you can move the clear CMOS jumper block on the system board to pins 2 and 3 to clear CMOS memory and bypass the power on or administrator password check The jumper location is s
335. tp www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 95 Table 5 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the Lenovo support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 215 903 xxx DVD Drive e Verify Aborted Could not 1 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new Media Be the media and wait for 15 seconds rive Installed 2 Run the test again 2 Read 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or Write Test broken connections or damage to the cable e Self Test Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again Messages za and actions 5 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest apply to all level For the latest level of DSA code go to three tests http www lenovo com support 6 Run the test again 7 For additional troubleshooting information go to http
336. ty information in Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the server from the rack then remove the cover see l Removing and installing the cover on page 119 4 Remove the DIMM air baffle seel Removing and installing the DIMM air baffle on page 121 5 Remove the heat sink CAUTION The heat sink may become very hot during normal operation Allow time for the heat sink to cool down before you touch it a Loosen the screw on one side of the heat sink to break the seal with the microprocessor b Press firmly on the captive screws and loosen them with a screwdriver c Use your fingers to gently pull the heat sink from the microprocessor 6 Lift the heat sink out of the server After removal place the heat sink on its side on a clean flat surface 7 Release the microprocessor retention latch J by pressing down on the end moving it to the side and releasing it to the open up position 8 Open the microprocessor bracket frame by lifting up the tab on the top edge Keep the bracket frame in the open position Attention Handle the microprocessor carefully Dropping the microprocessor during removal can damage the contacts Also contaminants on the microprocessor contacts such as oil from your skin can cause connection failures betwe
337. up Utility program e IBM ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA controller Using LSI Configuration Utility program Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage redundant array of independent disks RAID arrays Be sure to use this program as described in this document Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to perform the following tasks Perform a low level format on a hard disk drive Create an array of hard disk drives with or without a hot spare drive Set protocol parameters on hard disk drives The integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports RAID arrays You can use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure RAID 1 IM RAID 1E IME and RAID 0 IS for a single pair of attached devices If you install a different type of RAID controller follow the instructions in the documentation that comes with the adapter to view or change settings for attached devices When you are using the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage arrays consider the following information The integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports the following features Integrated Mirroring IM with hot spare support also known as RAID 1 Use this option to create an integrated array of two disks plus up to two optional hot spares All data on the primary disk can be migrated Integrated Mirroring Enhanced IME with hot spare support also known as
338. vement Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you The use of a grounding system is recommended For example wear an electrostatic discharge wrist strap if one is available Handle the device carefully holding it by its edges or its frame Do not touch solder joints pins or exposed circuitry Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it e While the device is still in its static protective package touch it to an unpainted metal part of the server for at least 2 seconds This drains static electricity from the package and from your body Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the server without setting down the device If it is necessary to set down the device put it back into its static protective package Do not place the device on the server cover or on a metal surface Take additional care when you handle devices during cold weather Heating reduces indoor humidity and increases static electricity This chapter provides detailed instructions for replacing FRUs in the server Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 117 Major components of the server The following illustrations show the major components in the server The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware models Simple swap SATA filler Hot swap hard disk drive filler 3 5 inch or 2 5 inch hot swap hard disk drive depending on model Riser card assembly Bezel 21
339. ver Controls and connectors 111 System board LEDs The following illustration shows the light emitting diodes LEDs on the system board I 10 El EH ca FE EA se nnen perg GES Fan 5 error LED E PCI Express slot 2 error LED EH Fan 4 error LED PCI Express slot 1 error LED H8 Heartbeat LED Microprocessor error LED g Fan 3 error LED Battery error LED E Fan 2 error LED Standby povver LED g Fan 1 error LED System board error LED SAS SATA Controller LED DIMM 1 6 error LEDs BE IMM heart beat LED Table 7 System board LEDs LED Description Error LEDs When one of these LEDs is lit it indicates that the associated component has failed Baseboard management controller This LED flashes to indica
340. ver RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Replacing the virtual media key To replace the virtual media key complete the following procedures Removing the virtual media key To remove the virtual media key complete the following steps Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Ep Et HEHE Microprocessor RETA Orientation am gt wA a D K BEH GHH 4 If you are instructed to return the virtual media key follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the virtual media key To install the virtual media key complete the following steps information in Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 2 Remove the cover see Removing and installing the cover on page 119 3 Align the virtual media key with the
341. ver ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual 100 102 102 102 102 103 104 105 105 106 107 108 109 111 112 113 113 113 115 115 115 115 116 117 118 119 119 119 120 121 121 soko 122 122 124 125 126 126 se 127 128 129 130 130 132 133 133 134 134 134 135 136 136 138 139 140 141 143 144 Removing the system board Installing the system board Replacing the power supply Removing the power supply Installing the power supply Replacing a fan assembly Removing a fan assembly Installing a fan assembly Replacing the system board battery Removing the battery Installing the battery Replacing the SAS SATA hard disk dive back plate or r backplane Removing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives Installing the backplane or back plate 3 5 inch drives Removing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives Installing the SAS backplane 2 5 inch drives Replacing the PCI riser card assembly Removing the riser card assembly Installing the riser card assembly pog Replacing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller Removing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA Controller Installing an IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller Replacing the DVD drive cable Removing the DVD drive cable Installing the DVD drive cable Replacing a DVD drive
342. ver firmware e Diagnostics e Integrated service processor Flash of 1 from 2 failed for user Info An attempt to update a Try to update the firmware again 3 firmware component from 1 CIM_ManagedElement the interface and IP address ElementName has failed 2 Web or LegacyCLI 3 user ID The Chassis Event Log CEL on Info The IMM event log is 75 To avoid losing older log entries system 1 is 75 full full When the log is full save the log as a text file and 1 CIM_ComputerSystem older log entries are replaced clear the log ElementName by newer ones The Chassis Event Log CEL on Info The IMM event log is full To avoid losing older log entries system 1 is 100 full When the log is full older save the log as a text file and 1 CIM_ComputerSystem log entries are replaced by clear the log ElementName newer ones 1 Platform Watchdog Timer Error A Platform Watchdog Timer 4 Reconfigure the watchdog expired for 2 Expired event has occurred timer to a higher value 1 Watchd Load Se a bee a ora eae 2 Make sure that the IMM Watchdog 2 OS Watchdog or Ethernet over USB interface is Loader Watchdog enabled 3 Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system IMM Test Alert Generated by 1 Info A user has generated a test No action information only 1 user ID alert from th
343. vice Test MII Registers Failed 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support 405 902 xxx BroadCom Ethernet Device Test EEPROM Failed 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information seel Updating the firmware on page 212 Run the test again the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the Lenovo Web site for more troubleshooting information at http www lenovo com support Chapter 4 Diagnostics 97 Table 5 DS
344. vice technician ENET 0 DHCP HSTN 1 DN 2 Info The DHCP server has No action information only IP 3 SN 4 GW 5 assigned an IMM IP address DNS1 6 and configuration 1 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint Hostname 2 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint DomainName 3 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint IPv4Address 4 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint SubnetMask 5 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 6 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX ENET 0 IP Cfg HstName 1 Info An IMM IP address and No action information only IP 2 NetMsk 3 GW 4 configuration have been 1 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint assigned using client data Hostname 2 CIM_StaticIPSettingData IPv4Address 3 CIM StaticIPSettingData SubnetMask 4 CIM_StaticIPSettingData DefaultGatewayAddress LAN Ethernet 0 interface is no Info The IMM Ethernet interface No action information only longer active has been disabled LAN Ethernet 0 interface is now Info The IMM Ethernet interface No action information only active has been enabled DHCP setting changed to by user Info A user has changed the No action information only 1 DHCP mode 1 user ID IMM Configuration 1 restored Info A user has restored the IMM No action information only from a configuration file by user 2 configuration by importing a 1 CIM_ConfigurationData configuration file ConfigurationName 2 user ID Watchdog 1 Screen Capture Error An op
345. ving 126 SAS 128 SCSI See SAS simple swap SATA 127 heat output 12 heat sink installing 141 humidity 12 hypervisor flash device installing 134 problems 54 removing 133 IBM Advanced Settings Utility program overview 216 IMM error messages 30 IMM event log 20 IMM heartbeat LED 67 IMM heartbeat LED 66 IMM IP address obtaining 218 indicators 105 installation options completing 173 installing a DVD drive 165 a heat sink 141 an optical drive 165 battery 152 bezel 121 DVD drive cable 163 fan 150 hard disk drive 126 hypervisor flash device 134 memory modules 122 microprocessor 141 operator information panel 135 PCI X riser card power cable 169 power supply 148 installing continued riser card assembly 158 SAS backplane 157 SAS SATA backplane 154 SAS SATA backplate 154 system board 145 the ServeRAID BR10il SAS SATA controller 160 virtual media key 167 installing the cover 119 integrated baseboard management controller 114 integrated functions 11 integrated management module LED 67 overview 9 integrated management module event log 20 intermittent problems 55 internal system board connectors 107 IP address obtaining for the IMM 218 J jumper UEFI boot recovery 100 jumper clear CMOS password override 203 jumpers and switches on the system board 111 K key virtual media 9 keyboard problems 56 L LED integrated management module 67 LED Battery failure 66 enclosure manager heartbeat
346. ware update by following the instructions that are in the firmware update package readme file Restart the server At the firmware splash screen press F3 when you are prompted to restore to the primary bank The server boots from the primary bank Out of band method See the IMM documentation Chapter 4 Diagnostics 101 Automated boot recovery ABR If the server is booting up and the IMM detect problems with the server firmware in the primary bank it will automatically switch to the backup firmware bank and give you the opportunity to recover the primary bank To recover to the server firmware primary bank complete the following steps 1 Restart the server 2 When the prompt press F3 to restore to primary is displayed press F3 to recover the primary bank Pressing F3 will restart the server Three boot failure Configuration changes such as added devices or adapter firmware updates can cause the server to fail POST power on self test If this occurs on three consecutive boot attempts the server will temporarily use the default configuration values and automatically goes to F1 Setup To solve the problem complete the following steps 1 Undo any configuration changes that you made recently and restart the server 2 Remove any devices that you added recently and restart the server 3 If the problem remains go to Setup and select Load Default Settings and then click Save to restore the server factory settings
347. y by third parties Some software might differ from its retail version if available and might not include user manuals or all program functionality 222 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Product recycling and disposal This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national regulations Lenovo encourages owners of information technology IT equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products Information on Lenovo product recycling offerings can be found on Lenovo s Internet site at http www lenovo com lenovo environment recycling Esta unidad debe reciclarse o desecharse de acuerdo con lo establecido en la normativa nacional o local aplicable Lenovo recomienda a los propietarios de equipos de tecnolog a de la informaci n TI que reciclen responsablemente sus equipos cuando stos ya no les sean tiles Lenovo dispone de una serie de programas y servicios de devoluci n de productos a fin de ayudar a los propietarios de equipos a reciclar sus productos de TI Se puede encontrar informaci n sobre las ofertas de reciclado de productos de Lenovo en el sitio vveb de Lenovo http www lenovo com lenovo environment recycling Notice This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU and Norway
348. y comparing the configuration and software setups between working and Machine type and model Microprocessor or hard disk drive upgrades Failure symptom Does the server fail the diagnostic tests What occurs When Where Does the failure occur on a single server or on multiple servers Is the failure repeatable Has this configuration ever worked What changes if any were made before the configuration failed Is this the original reported failure Diagnostic program type and version level Hardware configuration print screen of the system summary IMM firmware level Operating system software nonworking servers When you compare servers to each other for diagnostic purposes consider them identical only if all the following factors are exactly the same in all the servers Machine type and model IMM firmware level Adapters and attachments in the same locations Address jumpers terminators and cabling Software versions and levels Diagnostic program type and version level Configuration option settings Operating system control file setup 104 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 5 Locating Server Controls and connectors This section describes the controls light emitting diodes LEDs and connectors on the front and rear of the server and how to turn the server on and off For the location of the LEDs on the system board see System b
349. y cover fasteners screws or rivets have not been removed or tampered with Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Observe the following guidelines when servicing electrical equipment Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors nongrounded power extension cords power surges and missing safety grounds Use only approved tools and test equipment Some hand tools have handles that are covered with a soft material that does not provide insulation from live electrical currents Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition Do not use worn or broken tools or testers Lenovo 2009 Portions IBM Corp 2007 2009 115 Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if it touches a live electrical circuit Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharge Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages Locate the emergency power off EPO switch disconnecting switch or electrical outlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical accident Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection work near power supplies or remove or install main units Before y
350. yAddress 3 user ID Info A user has modified the default gateway IP address of the IMM No action information only OS Watchdog response 1 by 2 1 Enabled or Disabled 2 user ID Info A user has enabled or disabled an OS Watchdog No action information only DHCP 1 failure no IP address Info A DHCP server has failed to 14 Make sure that the network assigned assign an IP address to the cable is connected 1 IP add XXX XXX IMM P pose aa a M 2 Make sure that there is a DHCP server on the network that can assign an IP address to the IMM Remote Login Successful Login ID Info A user has successfully No action information only 1 from 2 at IP address 3 1 user ID 2 ValueMap CIM_ProtocolEndpoint ProtocolIFType 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX logged in to the IMM 44 ThinkServer ThinkServer RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 7 Parts listing RS210 Types 6531 6532 6533 and 6534 on page 177 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician
351. you reassemble the components in the server be sure to route all cables carefully so that they are not exposed to excessive pressure Notes 1 When you reassemble the components in the server be sure to route all cables carefully so that they are not exposed to excessive pressure When you replace the system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you proceed See Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 145 Updating the firmware on page 212 g the Universal Unique Identifier UUID on 169l Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 171 for more information Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code To install the system board complete the following steps Read the safety information in Important Safety Information on page 1jand Guidelines for trained service technicians on page 115 Align the system board with the chassis and replace the screws that secure the system board 2 3 Reinstall the microprocessor and heat sink see Installing the microprocessor on page 141 4 Reinstall the DIMMs
352. ystem installation When you select Install operating system you will be prompted for information required for the installation The prompts vary depending on the operating system selected This section describes the tasks associated with a typical Windows operating system installation Each task must be completed in order before moving to the next task Note Ensure that your RAID controller is correctly configured before you select an operating system to install e Select operating system This task enables you to select the operating system that you will be installing e Select disk This task enables you to select the disk where you want to install the operating system Chapter 8 Configuring the server 211 Note The disk that you select must be set as the boot disk in UEFI Partitions options This task enables you to choose whether you want to repartition the selected drive or use an existing partition Partition settings This task enables you to choose the file system type and define the partition size Installation settings This task prompts you for user and system settings the operating system product key and the administrator password Network settings This task prompts you for domain and workgroup settings Ethernet controller type IP address settings DNS settings and WINS address settings Install applications This task enables you to run custom commands or scripts at the end of the installation proc
353. ystems Make sure that you download the version for your operating system To download the ASU and update the UUID complete the following steps 1 Download the Advanced Settings Utility ASU a Go to Ihttp www lenovo com support b Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list c From Family list select ThinkServer RS210 and click Continue d Click Downloads and drivers to link to the ASU program ASU sets the UUID in the Integrated Management Module IMM Select one of the following methods to access the Integrated Management Module IMM to set the UUID Online from the target system LAN or keyboard console style KCS access Remote access to the target system LAN based Copy and unpack the ASU package which also includes other required files to the server Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory In addition to the application executable asu or asu64 the following files are required Chapter 6 Replacing FRUs 169 For Windows based operating systems ibm_rndis_server_os inf device cat For Linux based operating systems cdc_interface sh 4 After you install ASU use the following command syntax to set the UUID asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt access_method Where lt uuid_value gt Up to 16 byte hexadecimal value assigned by you access_method

Lenovo RS210 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents